{"title":"Pimp My Grill","description":"\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your grilling experience with Pimp My Grill accessories at DDR BBQ Supply. Shop slide-out grill racks, folding shelves, and pellet grill upgrades designed to improve cooking space, convenience, and access to your food. Find accessories made for popular pellet grill brands and models.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"green-mountain-grills-ledge-daniel-boone-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-2-racks","title":"Green Mountain Grills Ledge \/ Daniel Boone | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill™ Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System for Green Mountain Grills: Double Your Cooking Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your Green Mountain Grill with the Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System designed specifically for the Ledge and Daniel Boone models. The dual-level design solves the common problem of cramped cooking surfaces by giving you two distinct heat zones. You get direct heat on the lower rack while the upper shelf captures better airflow and smoke circulation. This setup lets you grill one item and bake another at the same time without guesswork. You will notice cleaner diamond-shaped sear marks thanks to the open grate spacing. The slide-out shelves also solve a major comfort issue by keeping thick smoke out of your face while you flip food near the back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual heat management\u003c\/strong\u003e Separate your cook directly below and bake above using different convective temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmoke-free access\u003c\/strong\u003e Pull the trays outward to turn food without inhaling thick exhaust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo tools required\u003c\/strong\u003e Lock the included side brackets and slide the grates into place in minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScalable frame\u003c\/strong\u003e The mounting hardware supports up to three racks for future expansion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter bark formation\u003c\/strong\u003e Open construction promotes steady airflow that improves crust development on meats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge family meals that require separate temperature zones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBatch cooking ribs and sides at the same time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmokers where lifting lids wastes heat and slows the schedule\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooks who want consistent cross-hatch sear patterns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekend patio sessions or front-yard entertaining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreheat the upper rack along with the main chamber so the top grate matches your target cooking temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace moisture-sensitive items like fish or pastries on the upper tier away from direct dripping fats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the lid closed as much as possible since the slide-out design relies on controlled chimney draft flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuy a third rack now if you plan to scale up quickly, since purchasing all three together usually costs less over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreen Mountain Grills Ledge and Daniel Boone owners expanding their footprint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBBQ cooks who currently juggle indoor ovens alongside outdoor smokers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters tired of smoke stinging their eyes during long session flips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHosts managing multi-course gatherings with different internal doneness targets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill this fit my original Green Mountain Grill?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Gen2 brackets mount cleanly to the official GMG barrel frame. Models shifted their barrel width in 2017, so confirm your exact build year before installing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCan I add a third rack later?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The mounting frame holds three separate tiers, though buying all three upfront generally saves money.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes installation damage my original grill?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The hardware uses your existing barrel openings and locks firmly without cutting or drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow do I clean the slide-out components?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the steel grates after each cook while they remain warm. Rinse with mild soap when heavy residue builds up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs there enough space for full rack of ribs on both levels?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trays align with your standard GMG cooking width, making every floor suitable for regular slab sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDo these racks work without the pellet stove running?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully functional outside active smoking. You can use them for outdoor baking, warming plates, or resting meats safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Trays Included\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 premium cooking racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 3 total racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Grills\u003c\/strong\u003e Green Mountain Grills Ledge and Daniel Boone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Style\u003c\/strong\u003e Barrel-opening bracket lock with slide-in shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRequired Tools\u003c\/strong\u003e None included; installs without modifying the grill frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwap to the upper tier anytime you want to roast vegetables or warm bread alongside your main protein without chasing different oven thermometers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955365544240,"sku":"PMG-106","price":279.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/GMG_Daniel_Boone_Ledge_2_Racks_v3.png?v=1791893843"},{"product_id":"green-mountain-grills-peak-jim-bowie-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-2-racks","title":"Green Mountain Grills Peak \/ Jim Bowie | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGreen Mountain Grills Peak \/ Jim Bowie | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System – Expand Your Cooking Space Without Drilling\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdd two extra cooking layers to your compatible Green Mountain Grills Pellet Smoker with the Pimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System. The extra grids double your usable surface area so you can stack ribs, pork shoulders, and side dishes at once. More room means fewer cooked batches and zero wasted stove time on busy weekends.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe design separates your cook zone into two distinct heat profiles. Lower grids collect direct radiant heat for crisp sears while the upper level exposes food to gentle convection and even smoke circulation. You get steakhouse crusts below and tender pulled meat above without crossing wires or shifting food halfway through.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBigger batch volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cook large briskets, spare rib backs, and platters together instead of juggling separate sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLayered cooking zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place proteins needing high heat on bottom racks while delicate veggies or bread finish on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-out convenience:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pull shelves forward to turn meat or insert probes without bending into thick smoke.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo drilling required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Secure the side brackets with existing factory bolt holes and drop the shelves directly onto the mounts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth-ready setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mount layout stays open so you can bolt on a middle rack later when family size or event frequency grows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest On\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreen Mountain Grills Peak and Jim Bowie models produced after the 2017 barrel width adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters managing weekend dinner parties, tailgates, or charity cookout shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome cooks balancing heavy smoke proteins alongside baked potato trays or cornbread loaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who frequently rotate multiple pans inside the firebox.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreheat the grill fully before loading the extra grids so metal reaches operating temperature quickly and avoids hot spots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave clearance between pans and the hopper wall for unobstructed airflow to maintain precise setpoint delivery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse long-handle tongs and bent meat probes to reach items on higher tiers without displacing food sitting above them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpray or foil items receiving heavy convection first, since the upper layer dries out faster than foods resting closer to the burn pot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide racks completely forward when checking internal temperatures. A quick visual read prevents unnecessary lid removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGMG Gravity Flue owners seeking maximum cook surface without permanent welds or custom fabrication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeams running competitive events where throughput speed matters as much as flavor profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooks tired of stacking pans dangerously over the firebox or relying on crowded single-level layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunters processing large venison or beef roasts who need tiered staging for brine, rub, and slice stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I Add a Third Rack Later?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The bracket system leaves mounting points free for an additional center rack. Purchase the extra rail kit separately when you outgrow two layers. Buying all available mounts upfront secures the discount and protects against stock shortages.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes This System Require Modifying My Grill?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Alignment occurs with factory bolt holes already present on compatible barrels. Brackets lock into place, and the sliding rails sit flush. There is no cutting, painting, or thermal altering involved.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow Do I Clean the Sliding Shelves?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove each shelf by sliding it straight out toward the grill window. Wipe residue with a damp cloth or stainless-safe spray. Dry thoroughly before returning to the bracket slots to prevent binding or oxidation buildup along the rail tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill This Work With 2017 or Older Models?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGMG updated their barrel opening dimensions in 2017. Earlier versions may not accept these brackets without adaptation. Verify your production year and barrel style before installing.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs Meat Probe Wiring Safe Over Multiple Layers?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire management remains straightforward because the slide function clears the upper tray away from the firebox lip. Route thermometer cords along the outer bracket edge rather than dropping them centrally, which keeps connections tidy and reduces snag risk.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I Bake Or Roast Vegetables At The Same time As Smoke Meats?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The upper deck operates under convection conditions ideal for oven-style tasks. Place cheese curds, vegetable trays, or baked beans on the top shelf while fattier proteins render below. Temperature balance stays stable because air circulates evenly between tiers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat Is Included In The Package?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box contains two complete slide-out rack assemblies with supporting side brackets and hardware ready to secure the shelves into position. No aftermarket tools or adapters come alongside the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSystem Type: Slide-out upper rack expansion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 2 cooking racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting Method: Factory bolt hole alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat Profile: Direct radiant heat on lower layers; convection smoke on upper layer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility Window: Standard Green Mountain Grills Peak and Jim Bowie platforms created post-2017\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpandability: Supports addition of a third central rack at a later date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded Components: Side brackets and shelving units only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955365577008,"sku":"PMG-107","price":289.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/GMG_Jim_Bowie_-_Peak_2_Racks_v2.png?v=1791893804"},{"product_id":"green-mountain-grills-ledge-1-0-daniel-boone-pimp-my-grill®-bodyguard-stainless-steel-grease-paint-protector","title":"Green Mountain Grills Ledge 1.0 \/ Daniel Boone | Pimp My Grill® Bodyguard Stainless Steel Grease \u0026 Paint Protector","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGreen Mountain Grills Ledge 1.0 \/ Daniel Boone | Pimp My Grill® Bodyguard Stainless Steel Grease \u0026amp; Paint Protector\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne simple shield for your Green Mountain Grills Ledge 1.0 or Daniel Boone. The Pimp My Grill Bodyguard blocks grease, salt, and acidic drippings right where they hit hardest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLong cookouts leave sticky residue that quickly discolors paint and causes early corrosion. This stainless steel guard catches those splatters before they reach your factory finish. You get an easier cleanup and a grill that stays looking sharp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront Panel Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e Shields the lower face from hot grease and salty rubs during long smoke sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish Preservation\u003c\/strong\u003e Stops paint damage and corrosion caused by acidic meat drippings and outdoor weather exposure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Install\u003c\/strong\u003e Secures in seconds with zero drilling, cutting, or extra hardware needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e Removes fast for washing so you can keep your grill presentation spotless without hassle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact Model Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e Aligns precisely with GMG Ledge 1.0 and Daniel Boone frames for a secure seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Resistant Build\u003c\/strong\u003e Withstands sustained high temperatures and heavy splatter without warping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDomestic Standards\u003c\/strong\u003e Manufactured in the USA using consistent quality controls for dependable longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners of the Green Mountain Grills Ledge 1.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners of the Green Mountain Grills Daniel Boone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooks who rely on wet rubs, marinades, or saucy glazes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters managing long overnight smokes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrill enthusiasts who want low-effort daily maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDry Cleaning First\u003c\/strong\u003e Scrape off loose debris before wiping to prevent scratching the stainless finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeasonal Deep Clean\u003c\/strong\u003e Soak the guard weekly during heavy cook months to stop buildup from hardening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatch Your Gear\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair this front guard with a rear grease tray to capture runoff near the fire pot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVerify Before Buying\u003c\/strong\u003e Check your grill model year, as new GMG 2.0 builds require the separate Ledge 2.0 Bodyguard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGMG Ledge 1.0 and Daniel Boone owners protecting their factory finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetition crews tracking aesthetics alongside flavor performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekend smokers tired of scrubbing baked sauce off flat panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY grillers who prefer snap-on protection over permanent modifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis guard uses a secure, non-invasive attachment method that holds firmly without screws. Slide it into place, align the edges, and lock it down before firing up. Because GMG updated the Ledge design recently, this version fits exclusively on 1.0 and Daniel Boone models. Any owner of a newer GMG 2.0 series grill should select the dedicated Ledge 2.0 Bodyguard instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes this fit my Green Mountain Grills Ledge 2.0?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Ledge 2.0 features a completely different front panel shape. That newer model requires the dedicated Ledge 2.0 Bodyguard instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill installing this cover my temperature controller?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guard targets the lower front panel where grease naturally falls. It sits safely below your digital controls and sensors. Your reading remains fully visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDo I need any tools to mount it?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou do not need drills, screws, or extra brackets. The system uses a secure friction fit. Slide it onto your panel before lighting the grill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow do I clean the guard after a cook?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove it from the front panel once everything cools. Wash it gently with warm water and mild dish soap. Snap it back on after it dries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCan this handle direct contact with flames?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stainless steel handles sustained heat effectively. Use it primarily to catch liquid spills and drips. Follow the listed fitment guidelines to keep safe distance from open flames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e High-grade stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Models\u003c\/strong\u003e Green Mountain Grills Ledge 1.0 and Daniel Boone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Tool-free, non-invasive placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling Required\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning Method\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully removable for hand washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955365773616,"sku":"PMG-102","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Bodyguard_flag.png?v=1791893784"},{"product_id":"green-mountain-grills-peak-jim-bowie-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-rack-system-additional-rack","title":"Green Mountain Grills Peak \/ Jim Bowie | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Rack System - Additional Rack","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can fit more food inside when you add this Pimp My Grill Gen2 Additional Rack to your setup. It pairs directly with the PMG Gen2 Rack System to unlock 592 sq in of surface cooking area on a new tier. Use it to stack trays, hold bigger cuts of meat, or cook side dishes without crowding your main grate.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstant Cookspace:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add another layer to your smoker and spread out your food for even exposure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for Gen2:\u003c\/strong\u003e This rack is designed only for the PMG Gen2 Rack System, so it fits your brackets perfectly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e One rack gives you 592 sq in of surface area to hold large loads or multiple pans at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Swap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slotting in an extra rack lets you increase capacity without buying a whole new grill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhole turkeys needing wide, flat support surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrisket packs filling up your lower levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSausages and smaller cuts requiring flat racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering cooks pulling maximum volume from one smoker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold smoking setups needing dedicated rack space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRib trays that sit better on a shelf than a grate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatch your tray depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measure your steam pans before stacking to ensure they clear the rack above or below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatch your airflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adding a fifth tier changes how hot air moves through the cook chamber; check temperatures closer during the first few pulls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse foil liners:\u003c\/strong\u003e Toss aluminum foil inside the mesh shelf to catch drippings and cut down on post-cook scrubbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalance your load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Distribute heavy items across the center of the 592 sq in area to keep the rack steady.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners of Green Mountain Grills Jim Bowie models with the PMG Gen2 Rack System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeak model smokers looking for an official replacement or upgrade rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters running five-tray volumes who missed a slot in their rack kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCookbook experimenters testing new platters that need a dedicated shelf level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes this rack fit every PMG Gen2 smoker?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an additional rack built for the PMG Gen2 Rack System. It works with the Green Mountain Grills Jim Bowie and Peak models that include that system.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat exactly is included in this order?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive one additional rack. If you are ordering multiple units, the final pieces may attach to the core hardware, but this listing confirms the single-rack purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill this work with older PMG rack systems?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This component is compatible with the PMG Gen2 Rack System only.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow much extra cooking area does this provide?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rack adds 592 sq in of surface cooking area per unit.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I put wet pans or water reservoirs on this rack?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The surface shelf supports heavy pans, water loads, and drip trays as long as the weight stays balanced.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow do I clean the mesh shelf?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA stiff grill brush works well while the rack is warm. Letting ash fall through the mesh helps keep airflow steady for your next cook.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 Additional Rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible System: PMG Gen2 Rack System only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits: Green Mountain Grills Jim Bowie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits: Green Mountain Grills Peak\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooking Area Added: 592 sq in surface cooking area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955365609776,"sku":"PMG-107A","price":109.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/TRAEGER_IRONWOOD_780_1_Rack_v2_1f7f73ca-4f85-41a6-8621-022f9b3e60be.png?v=1791893775"},{"product_id":"green-mountain-grills-ledge-daniel-boone-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-rack-system-additional-rack","title":"Green Mountain Grills Ledge \/ Daniel Boone | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Rack System - Additional Rack","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGreen Mountain Grills Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Additional Rack: Expand Your Daniel Boone or Ledge Cooking Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Green Mountain Grills Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Additional Rack is a single rack designed to expand your surface cooking area. If you are running out of room on your grill during large cooks, this piece adds 393 square inches of extra space directly to your setup. It works exclusively with the PMG Gen2 Rack System on your Daniel Boone or Ledge smoker. This allows you to increase your output immediately without replacing your existing accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGrilling often requires managing multiple foods at different stages of doneness. Adding this rack gives you the separation you need to organize ribs, brisket, and sides efficiently. Instead of overstuffing your main grates, you can utilize the full potential of your smoker's dimensions. It is a practical solution for anyone who consistently maxes out their current cooking footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMuch More Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gain an extra 393 square inches of surface cooking area for more ribs, briskets, or sides at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact System Match:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered specifically for the PMG Gen2 Rack System, ensuring a secure fit without any modification required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Model Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to work seamlessly with both the Daniel Boone and Ledge models in the Green Mountain family.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreamlined Expansion:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds another rack to your system quickly, keeping your cook organized and your workflow efficient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Heat Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to withstand high temperatures and outdoor conditions, matching the lifespan of your smoker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Integration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits as a single unit into your existing rack structure, making upgrades straightforward and hassle-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFamily feasts requiring multiple trays of food to cook simultaneously.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetition cooks who need consistent extra surface area for complex spreads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHosting large events with many guests and plenty of side dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBatches of ribs or pork shoulders that simply will not fit otherwise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHot and fast cooking styles where separating proteins prevents overcooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure your PMG Gen2 base racks are fully installed before adding this additional rack to guarantee proper alignment and support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the extra space for items that need indirect heat but still want smoke flavor, like sausages, vegetables, or baking sheets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep smoke flow in mind by arranging larger cuts on the primary grates and lighter items on the expanded rack area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the new rack regularly along with your others to prevent grease buildup across all cooking surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTilt smaller racks slightly to encourage drainage and reduce flare-ups when placing them over direct heat sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners of the Green Mountain Grills Daniel Boone or Ledge seeking more cooking capacity for big dinners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters already using the Pimp My Grill Gen2 system who need to scale their output for larger crowds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHosts who frequently entertain groups larger than a few people and struggle with tray management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooks who find themselves juggling too many separate pans, sheet pans, and trays outside the smoker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe package contains one additional rack compatible with the Pimp My Grill Gen2 system. It is sold as a standalone expansion component.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: 1 Rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: PMG Gen2 Rack System Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible Models: Daniel Boone \/ Ledge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded Surface Cooking Area: 393 sq in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan this rack be used with other Pimp My Grill systems?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this rack is compatible with the PMG Gen2 Rack System only. It will not fit Gen1 or other non-Gen2 configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes this replace my current racks?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this is an additional rack that adds to your existing setup rather than replacing your main components.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow much extra space does this provide?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis single rack adds 393 square inches to your total surface cooking area when attached to the system.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhich Green Mountain Grills models is it made for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed specifically for the Daniel Boone and Ledge models within the Green Mountain lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs it easy to install yourself?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the rack fits directly into the PMG Gen2 system, making it simple to integrate without special tools.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat can I cook on this rack?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can use it for almost anything that fits the dimensions, including ribs, chicken quarters, vegetable trays, or baking sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill I need extra hardware or brackets?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is provided as a single functional rack designed to integrate with your current PMG Gen2 configuration without requiring separate unlisted parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955365413168,"sku":"PMG-106A","price":89.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/TRAEGER_IRONWOOD_780_1_Rack_v2_4ca80759-bd33-4ec1-a95d-ffbd5b36df59.png?v=1791893766"},{"product_id":"smoker-gasket-seals-self-adhesive-high-temp-sealing-grill-gaskets-tape-15ft","title":"Smoker Gasket Seals Self-Adhesive High Temp Sealing , Grill Gaskets Tape 15ft","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSelf-Adhesive Grill Gasket Tape 15ft: Seal Smoke and Stop Drip Leaks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Smoker Gasket Seals Self-Adhesive High Temp Sealing, Grill Gaskets Tape 15ft stops unwanted drafts and locks heat right inside your cooking chamber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRough ports and worn-out doors let precious heat vanish, turning your low-and-slow session into a guessing game. This durable sealer wraps cleanly around door edges to create an airtight barrier that maintains steady fire temperatures. It also changes how air moves across the cooking line, which significantly cuts down on those pesky drippings falling straight down the front of your grill. Our specially formulated roll conforms to uneven metal surfaces and survives the blistering heat of active fires.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps Smoke Inside\u003c\/strong\u003e A solid barrier traps rich woodsy vapor around your meat instead of letting it rush out the seams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduces Front Drippings\u003c\/strong\u003e Better airflow balance pushes hot gases upward and away, keeping grease off your hands and work surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquishes Into Tight Spots\u003c\/strong\u003e The flexible backing presses firmly into narrow grooves and corners where standard rope gaskets might slip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeets Up With Wider Seams\u003c\/strong\u003e It stays thick enough to fill bigger fractures across warping doors or mismatched frame joints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongs Lasting 15-Foot Roll\u003c\/strong\u003e Plenty of material wraps around even the largest offset racks or deep barrel smokers in one go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for Pellet Performance\u003c\/strong\u003e We engineered these seals specifically for pellet grills that rely on precise temperature holding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePellet grills struggling with erratic temperature swings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharcoal offsets with warped or loose lid edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectric ceramic cookers requiring tighter door closures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVintage BBQ pits looking for quick structural upgrades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKamado-style ceramics needing extra rim padding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrub the contact area until it is completely free of old residue, grease, and rust before peeling the backing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the tape along the edge while pulling gently behind it so the adhesive lays flat without stretching out or thinning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCut the final strip at a slight diagonal instead of square to hide the join line when you pull the door shut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight a handful of soaking wet wood chips nearby and watch for escaping fog to quickly find any missing sealed segments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave a tiny gap at the hinge side if your handle interferes with the door swinging flush against the new gasket layer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePellet grill owners chasing tighter thermal control through colder weather months\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSide projects renovating older, battered steel cookers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRib or brisket cooks comparing different flavor profiles across multiple smoke sources\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHungry home cooks tired of constant chimney sweeps to regulate draft flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile or tailgating teams wanting faster startup and steadier runs on portable rigs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow do I apply this seal tape?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleandry every inch of the mounting surface, stick the tape in a steady line along the perimeter, and trim the excess once the circle closes.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill this work on a non-smoker appliance?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can use it on any unit that handles heat and has rubbery or deteriorated factory seals, including gas grills or outdoor ovens.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes the fourteen foot five inch coverage reach big units?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, fifteen feet gives you plenty of length to fully wrap around oversized smoker boxes and heavy gauge steel lids.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow does it hold up around hinges?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe material flexes easily, allowing it to bend around pivot points without cracking while keeping the door frame pressed tight.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I reuse this material if I take it off?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Once the pressure-sensitive adhesive sets against hot metal, bonding becomes permanent and removing it requires careful scraping.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes it help my pellets burn longer?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA locked-in chamber means the auger feeds less frequently to chase rising heat, extending total burn time over a twelve hour cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat goes in the box?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive one continuous roll of adhesive-backed sealer ready to install immediately on pellet grills, smokers, BBQs, and metal pits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 15 feet per roll\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Adhesive-based heat-resistant sealer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary Use: Sealing and filling gaps on pellet grills, smokers, BBQs, and pits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSizing: Flexible width engineered to compress into tight fittings and bridge larger seams alike\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955365478704,"sku":"PMG-113","price":14.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Smoker_Lid_Gasket-Photoroom.jpg?v=1791893758"},{"product_id":"chrome-pellet-grill-smoke-stack-trucker-series-fits-gmg-yoder-smokers","title":"Chrome Pellet Grill Smoke Stack Trucker Series Fits GMG \/ Yoder Smokers","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChrome Pellet Grill Smoke Stack Trucker Series Fits GMG \/ Yoder Smokers: Pinpoint Directional Smoke Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Trucker-style smoke stack cap gives your Green Mountain Grill or Yoder smoker precise control over exhaust flow. Traditional cone caps scatter smoke in every direction. This rotating design points the draft straight up and away from you. You will notice cleaner air around cooking stations and more consistent burn patterns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoor draft often forces smoke back down the auger tube. That backpressure causes erratic firing and wasted fuel. This replacement cap matches the original dimensions to maintain the exact exhaust resistance your grill needs. You get steady temperatures without fighting the airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRotating shroud lets you aim the draft\u003c\/b\u003e Turn the outer ring until it faces downwind or away from your seating area. Smoke moves out cleanly instead of drifting across your workspace.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStops auger tube backpressure\u003c\/b\u003e Pellets struggle when exhaust gets blocked near the feed screw. This cap preserves proper airflow so your fire stays hot and steady.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOEM-compliant dimensions\u003c\/b\u003e The diameter and height match Green Mountain and Yoder factory standards. Install it quickly without drilling or modifying your existing flue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDurable two-tone options\u003c\/b\u003e Choose classic Black or polished Chrome to match your lid hardware or outdoor aesthetic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong brisket or pork shoulder sessions where wind keeps blowing heat toward you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGMG and Yoder owners troubleshooting messy draws or sluggish temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold smoking setups that require a stable and predictable draft path\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCountertop configurations with limited clearance behind the cooking chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScan the weather before lighting your smoker. Rotate the shroud opposite the strongest breeze for immediate relief.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep wood chunk sizes small when starting. A clear stack promotes faster firepot ignition and smoother draw transition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNudge the cap gently. Quick twists can temporarily restrict flow and drop your temperature gauge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush off ash daily with a soft grill brush. Residue clumps inside the metal ring and ruins smooth rotation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYoder and GMG owners troubleshooting weak draws or inconsistent burn rates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackyard pitmasters who cook directly next to patios or seating areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoad warriors running portable units at tailgates and weekend competitions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeasoned smokers tracking draft adjustments for tighter ring formation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes this cap fit standard GMG and Yoder chimneys?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The cap matches factory specifications for those specific pelleted platforms. It slips directly onto the existing exhaust pipe without adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does the rotating feature improve my cooking experience?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou point the shroud away from wind gusts or nearby benches. Smoke travels upward cleanly instead of drifting toward your cooking station.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy do pellet smokers suffer from auger tube backpressure?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLimited airflow forces exhaust gas backward into the feed screw. This cap restores optimal exhaust resistance so fuel burns efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCan I swap the unit on the road easily?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt slides right over the standard chimney diameter. Removal takes seconds when loading your cooker into a van bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich finish handles high exhaust temperatures better?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth the Chrome and Black variants withstand standard cooking heats. Neither will blister during routine operating cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow often should I clean the rotating ring?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrush loose ash after every few smoking sessions. Light cleaning keeps the outer collar spinning freely.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSeries\u003c\/b\u003e Trucker Smoke Stack Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible models\u003c\/b\u003e Green Mountain Grills and Yoder pellet smokers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAvailable colors\u003c\/b\u003e Black and Chrome\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMount style\u003c\/b\u003e Direct slip-on to stock flue diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/b\u003e Pimp My Grill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955365740848,"sku":"PMG-110A","price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/smoke_stack_chrome_45b610ef-b354-4ce8-aaa5-fad6c17542f9.png?v=1791893746"},{"product_id":"camp-chef-woodwind-24-woodwind-pro-24-cl-24-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-2-racks","title":"Camp Chef Woodwind 24 \/ Woodwind Pro 24 \/ CL 24 | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCamp Chef Woodwind 24 \/ Pro 24 \/ CL 24 Pimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System: Double Your Cooking Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn your smoker into a multitasking grill with this two-rack slide-out system. It fits the Camp Chef Woodwind 24, Woodwind Pro 24, and CL 24 perfectly. You get a true upper shelf without drilling or permanent mods. Lower slots hold direct heat for heavy searing while the top shelf catches rising convection and smoke. You can bake cookies on one grate while flipping burgers on another. The whole setup installs in minutes by locking side brackets and sliding the racks into place.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrue Two-Level Cooking\u003c\/strong\u003e Separate lower direct heat areas from upper convection zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-Out Design\u003c\/strong\u003e Pull full trays toward you instead of reaching past fire and blinding smoke.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffortless Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e Lock the included brackets securely and slide the shelves right onto your existing rails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Heat Management\u003c\/strong\u003e Crank the temperature up high for sharp diamond sear marks when you want them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Grate Function\u003c\/strong\u003e Run simultaneous bake sessions and open-flame grilling with full control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge brisket and pork shoulder batches that need steady indirect smoke.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSearing steaks or flipping burgers over direct flames before finishing elsewhere.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParking low-and-slow ribs or chicken thighs on the shaded upper level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBaking bread, pizza, or sheet-pan vegetables alongside main protein cooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition Racks Evenly\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep weight balanced across both sides to prevent sliding during transport or lid movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse Parchment on Top\u003c\/strong\u003e Line the upper grate when baking to catch drips and simplify cleanup later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck Rail Alignment\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe any ash or grease from the factory tracks before locking the brackets for smooth movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLayer Foods Smartly\u003c\/strong\u003e Put smoke-heavy items like cheeses or cold-smoked salmon on the top rack away from direct flame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCamp Chef Woodwind 24 owners ready to run more meat per session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailgate hosts who need reliable oven space inside their compact smoker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetition teams testing separate convection versus conduction cook zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekend cooks tired of moving food in and out to check progress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLock the side brackets firmly into position first. Then slide each grate straight onto the inner frame. The brackets act as secure stops while keeping the shelves fully removable. Pull the sliding mechanism gently to bring trays out at comfortable viewing distance. Reverse the motion to lock them back into the smoking chamber.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill these racks fit non-24 inch Warthog models?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis system is engineered specifically for the Camp Chef Woodwind 24, Woodwind Pro 24, and CL 24. We do not recommend forcing brackets onto smaller 12 or 18 inch units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCan I bake or toast bread on the upper grate?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The top slot captures natural rising convection airflow. Many users successfully bake flatbreads, biscuits, and sheet cakes there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAre the brackets permanent or do they scratch the grill?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brackets lock securely without drilling. They sit flush against factory guide rails to protect finish during normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat material are these sliding shelves made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe racks feature durable steel construction built to handle repeated slide adjustments and campfire temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDo I need special tools to install the upper racks?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo tools are required for standard operation. Just align the brackets, snap them in, and slide the frames home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow much food can these racks safely support?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistribute heavier roasts evenly across the bottom grate. Balance lighter pans on the upper level for smooth sliding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this a patented design?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is a patent-pending Gen2 system designed specifically for better airflow and easier access.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e Camp Chef Woodwind 24, Woodwind Pro 24, CL 24 smokers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRack Count\u003c\/strong\u003e Two complete slide-out grates included in the kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Patent-pending Gen2 bracket and slider configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Zones\u003c\/strong\u003e Lower direct flame area plus upper convection and smoke channel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Method\u003c\/strong\u003e Bracket-lock and slide assembly with zero permanent modifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e Pimp My Grill aftermarket accessory line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep your dinner routine simple. Set the upper shelf for slow roast meats, reserve the bottom grate for quick sears, and glide everything out comfortably under porch lights or patio lamps. You save time, protect your eyes from thick smoke, and run larger batches without standing over a hot fire all night.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955365806384,"sku":"RK2-CC-24","price":269.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Camp_Chef_24_v2.png?v=1791893712"},{"product_id":"traeger-ironwood-650-redland-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-2-racks","title":"Traeger Ironwood 650 \/ Redland | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System for Traeger Ironwood 650 and Redland\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Pimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System expands your cooking capacity on the Traeger Ironwood 650 or Redland. You receive two extra shelves that glide smoothly into place whenever you need them. This upgrade solves cramped grill space and makes backing-of-the-cooker food easy to grab. You can run separate recipes on different heights without flavor crossing. Lower tracks catch direct flame for rapid heat recovery. Upper tracks capture rising convection and clean smoke for steady finishes. You also gain precise searing control when dialing up your pellet temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Heat Zones\u003c\/strong\u003e Position proteins on lower racks for direct warmth and use higher levels for slow convection drying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Access Design\u003c\/strong\u003e Pull loaded trays toward you so you never reach past thick chamber smoke again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Upgrade\u003c\/strong\u003e Swap existing side baffle bolts to secure the mounting plate without drilling or cutting any exterior panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Control\u003c\/strong\u003e Crank your grill hotter to lock in sharp, diamond-patterned crusts on steaks and vegetables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallel Cooking\u003c\/strong\u003e Bake vegetables on one track while grilling burgers on another during the same session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-rack barbecues requiring distinct temperature zones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong cooks that demand both direct heat and indirect smoke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-heat sessions focused on fast searing and fat render\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekend batches where sides and main courses share shelf space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooks who want to pull food away from dense smoke clouds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the thermal sensor exactly where the kit directs you to maintain accurate probe feedback.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwap tray positions halfway through long cooks to balance exposure to rising heat layers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the aluminum guide rails after a few runs to keep the sliding motion frictionless.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad heavier platters onto the bottom track first so the upper shelves stay light and stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLet your smoker preheat fully before deploying the sliders so the metal reaches cooking temperature evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraeger Ironwood 650 and Redland owners wanting to double their grill output\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBarbecue enthusiasts managing separate recipes that need different cooking temps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooks frustrated by reaching past intense heat to flip rear items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome pitmasters seeking faster batch turnaround without purchasing a larger smoker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkip the power tools. The kit relies entirely on your factory mounting points. You replace a handful of baffle screws with longer bolts to hold the side brackets. The aluminum shelves snap straight into the installed channels. You then secure the included thermal sensor holder in its marked location. Most users complete the physical attachment in roughly five minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes this system fit other Traeger models besides the Ironwood 650 and Redland?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eNo. The rail spacing and bolt pattern match only those two specific chassis builds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill adding these racks block my grill lid from closing properly?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe upper tracks sit below the maximum clearance point, so the lid still seals closed over loaded pans.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow do I clean the slide-out tracks after cooking?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eLift the shelves out, wipe the interior channel with a damp cloth, and dry the surface before reinserting the glides.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I use the slides for cold smoking low-temperature projects like cheese?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eYes. The extra vertical clearance lets you nest a smoke tube safely beneath your food without interfering with drip management.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDo I need special tools beyond the hardware included in the box?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou only need a standard socket wrench to exchange the factory bolts for the mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Traeger Ironwood 650 and Redland pellet grills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRack Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two slide-out shelves included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Uses existing side baffle screws with supplied brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Install Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around five minutes for typical setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Produced independently by Pimp My Grill and not manufactured by, affiliated with, or endorsed by Traeger LLC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eLoad your chosen rubs and marinated cuts onto the new tracks, then extend the sliders outward whenever you need to rotate meat or check internal doneness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955365642544,"sku":"RK2-TR-650","price":284.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/TRAEGER_IRONWOOD_650_v2.png?v=1791893675"},{"product_id":"green-mountain-grills-jim-bowie-peak-pimp-my-grill®-stainless-steel-shelf-extension-sleeve","title":"Green Mountain Grills Jim Bowie \/ Peak | Pimp My Grill® Stainless Steel Shelf Extension \/ Sleeve","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGreen Mountain Grills Jim Bowie \/ Peak Stainless Steel Shelf Extension: Add 4 Inches of Work Space\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Pimp My Grill® Stainless Steel Shelf Extension adds four extra inches of prep room to your Green Mountain Grills Jim Bowie or Peak grill.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour existing front shelf creates a bottleneck when loading racks of ribs or managing side dishes. This sleeve solves that by extending the cooking surface right where you need it. You get a larger, mess-free zone for holding pans, tools, and finished meat without reaching for extra tables.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstant Extra Room:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds exactly 4 inches of length to your front shelf for better workflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Build:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel handles grill heat and outdoor moisture for lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e The smooth metal surface wipes clean quickly after every cook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slides over your shelf in seconds and secures with included set screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works with both folding and static front shelves on Jim Bowie and Peak models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner Deck:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps tongs and plates off hot grates and reduces ground clutter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding aluminum pans and side dishes during long smokes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlacing sauce brushes and towels near the firebox for easy access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResting finished brisket or pork shoulders before plating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJim Bowie and Peak owners who need more real estate on the console.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrilling setups where ground space is tight or limited.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the sleeve aligns firmly against the shelf's end plate before you tighten the hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrew the set screws down gradually to avoid warping the sleeve or stripping the thread inserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace heavier items like cast iron toward the center of the new extension to maintain balance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the extra surface during low-and-slow cooks when you need consistent access to thermometers and probes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners of Green Mountain Grills Jim Bowie or Peak models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters who regularly fill their front shelf too fast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooks frustrated by tool management on smaller grills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone looking for a non-invasive way to increase workstation size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtends shelf length by 4 inches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from stainless steel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with folding front shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with static front shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits Green Mountain Grills Jim Bowie models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits Green Mountain Grills Peak models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounts via set screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes this shelf extension work on all Green Mountain Grills models?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis sleeve is engineered specifically for the Jim Bowie and Peak models. It will not fit other GMG consoles.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I install this on a folding front shelf?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The design fits both folding and static front shelves, so it adapts to your grill configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow much additional space do I gain?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou will gain exactly 4 inches of extension on the front of your shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs installation complicated?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You simply slide the unit over your existing shelf and tighten the set screws to secure it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat material is the extension made from?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shelf sleeve features a durable stainless steel construction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I place cold items on the extender?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The stainless steel provides a clean, temperature-stable surface for aluminum foil, wrapping paper, and cold serving platters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955365675312,"sku":"PMG-109","price":125.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/GMG_Peak_Shelve.png?v=1791893646"},{"product_id":"adapters-for-gmg-2-0-grills","title":"Adapters for GMG 2.0 Grills","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePMG Adapters for GMG 2.0 Grills: Expand Your Accessory Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese PMG adapters connect directly to your GMG 2.0 grill so you can use Pellet Master grill accessories without swapping hardware. The bridge eliminates the need to buy entirely new components. You simply mount the fitting and continue cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit keeps your pellet delivery system neatly aligned with the firebox. You gain smoother transitions between dispensers and racks. Older models become instantly more flexible when you add compatible external gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact Model Match\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounts securely to GMG 2.0 grills using native screw placements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCross-Brand Integration\u003c\/strong\u003e Connects PMG tools to a Green Mountain firebox seamlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Swap Design\u003c\/strong\u003e Loosen the brackets to switch hoppers or sensors in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat-Tolerant Build\u003c\/strong\u003e Withstands sustained smoker temperatures without warping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner Airflow\u003c\/strong\u003e Routes pellets straight to the auger line without dead angles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGMG 2.0 owners adding modern accessory systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooks who rotate multiple dispensers or chutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetup upgrades that avoid frame modifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePellet smokers balancing hopper size with portability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm your grill generation before buying to guarantee bolt alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe mounting surfaces clean before assembly to remove factory film or ash.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-tighten all fasteners first, then check clearance once the grill is hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore unused adapters in a dry drawer to prevent rust on threaded areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreen Mountain grill owners seeking wider accessory support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePellet Master users expanding their hardware collection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor chefs standardizing gear across mixed grill fleets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekend hosts streamlining prep time between cooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDo these adapters work with my GMG 2.0 model?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are engineered specifically for second-generation GMG grills. Verify your hopper footprint confirms the match before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I leave them attached during transport?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The fasteners lock securely. Just clear any moving lid hinges or cooler boxes from the mounting path.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eAre the adapter kits sold individually or as a set?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your order page for exact quantities. Most listings bundle left and right brackets alongside the mounting bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDo I need special tools to install them?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard hand tools complete the job. No cutting, drilling, or welding equipment is required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow do I clean the connection points?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA nylon brush and warm water remove stubborn carbon. Dry the threads fully before reassembling hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill adding these affect temperature consistency?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The airflow routing mirrors the original chassis design. Your controller maintains steady readings.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat happens if a bracket cracks after years of use?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplacement plates sell separately. Look for the part number stamped inside your original packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Models:\u003c\/strong\u003e GMG 2.0 Series Grills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccessory Ecosystem:\u003c\/strong\u003e PMG (Pellet Master Grill)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Direct attachment using existing grill architecture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard pellet smoker operating range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adapter brackets and mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955365839152,"sku":"2.0-ADAPTER","price":10.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/AD-1__01207.1708041188.1280.1280.jpg?v=1791893639"},{"product_id":"green-mountain-grills-peak-jim-bowie-pimp-my-grill®-bodyguard-stainless-steel-grease-paint-protector","title":"Green Mountain Grills Peak \/ Jim Bowie | Pimp My Grill® Bodyguard Stainless Steel Grease \u0026 Paint Protector","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill® Bodyguard Stainless Steel Grease \u0026amp; Paint Protector for Green Mountain Grills Peak \u0026amp; Jim Bowie\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stainless steel shield stops salty and acidic drippings from ruining your smoker’s finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou simply slide the guard between each barrel cap to create a reliable barrier against corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt blocks the mess so your painted exterior stays intact, and wipes clean instantly when the season ends.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefends Exterior Paint:\u003c\/strong\u003e Takes the brunt of corrosive salt and vinegar-based leaks before they hit your grill’s surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZero Tools Needed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slides neatly between the barrel caps for a secure fit in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Build:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resists warping and rust so you can reuse it year after year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFairly Simple Cleanup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brush off hardened grease quickly rather than scrubbing your grill body repeatedly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest On\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis accessory pairs perfectly with the Green Mountain Grills Peak and Jim Bowie Bushwick series smokers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecheck the guard’s alignment after long smoking sessions to keep the edges snug against the caps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe spills soon after cooking to prevent stubborn stains from bonding to the steel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry the guard thoroughly before storing any loose parts for winter prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBushwick smoker owners who frequently use wet rubs or sugar-based marinades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCookers living near coastal areas where salt air accelerates paint peeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone protecting a favorite vintage style BBQ from everyday grease splatter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green Mountain Grills Peak and Jim Bowie Bushwick series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interlocks physically between barrel caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Guards against acidic and salty drippings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366002992,"sku":"PMG-103","price":129.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/GMG_Daniel_Boone_Ledge_3_Racks_v2_7be408fa-e00b-4cf6-802d-815cfa484093.png?v=1791893623"},{"product_id":"traeger-tailgater-junior-pimp-my-grill®-pro-series-slide-out-rack-system-2-racks","title":"Traeger Tailgater \/ Junior | Pimp My Grill® Pro Series Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill Pro Series Slide-Out Rack System for Traeger Tailgater and Junior: Cook on Two Levels\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eTransform your Traeger Tailgater or Traeger Junior into a versatile cooking station with the Pimp My Grill Pro Series Slide-Out Rack System. This two-rack setup expands your capacity by adding a second level below the lid. You can run the lower rack over direct heat for aggressive searing while utilizing convection on the upper level. Simultaneously grill proteins while baking buns or warming vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe innovative slide-out shelves bring food closer to you without disturbing the environment inside. Gliding the racks forward gives you clear visibility and easier access for flipping or testing temperature. This design eliminates the frustration of wrestling with food buried deep in the chamber or inhaling thick exhaust smoke.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Zone Flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cook directly over the fire on the lower rack while the upper rack enjoys gentler, circulating heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-Touch Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Secure the side brackets into the existing grill lugs and slide the shelves into place in moments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZero Modification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upgrade your setup without drilling holes or permanently altering your grill body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each rack is laser cut from one continuous piece of metal for superior weight and heat transfer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-In Accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e The top rack includes dedicated slots designed directly into the steel to hold jalapeños and chicken drumsticks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmokey-Free Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pull the grates toward you to manage your cook without stepping into the cloud of rising exhaust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiamond Sear Marks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crank up the temperature on pellets for beautiful crosshatch marks on steaks and burgers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManaging tough briskets on the bottom shelf while smoking smaller cuts like chicken or pork shoulder on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparing complete meals that require grilling meats and roasting sides during the same session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSequencing appetizers that arrive at different doneness levels for efficient event timing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKitchen experiments where you bake fresh bread or cook pasta sauces while the smoker runs below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecurely holding round vegetables and drumsticks upright without relying on skewers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMonitor Both Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place your probe thermometer in food on the lower rack. Understand that the upper area will cook slightly differently due to convection and distance from the heat source.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEngage Brackets Fully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verify the brackets click or seat completely before sliding the rack home. Proper engagement prevents wobble during service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUtilize the Holders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Load jalapeño halves or chicken legs into the slots near the front edge. This saves precious grate space and stabilizes items for faster rotation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide, Don't Reach:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pull the shelf out smoothly before making adjustments. Keeping your hands away from the interior reduces burn risk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePost-Cook Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brush off carbon buildup while the steel retains warmth. Let the racks cool before removing them for storage to prevent warping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraeger Tailgater and Junior owners who consistently hit the limit of their primary grate surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters running competitions or social events where multiple meat types demand separation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooks suffering from back strain caused by leaning deeply into low-smoking chambers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnthusiasts interested in achieving distinct bark profiles on different proteins within one cook window.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers seeking durable, simple accessories that improve functionality without complex hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes this system work for both models?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Pro Series design supports mounting on the Traeger Tailgater and the Traeger Junior pellet grills.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs installation difficult?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The process is straightforward. You lock the brackets into the pre-existing lugs and slide the shelves onto the tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDo I make any permanent changes to my grill?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The installation relies entirely on the included brackets and your grill's current attachment points.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I bake on the upper rack?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. Many users run their grill hot enough to sear on the bottom while using the upper rack to bake desserts, roast vegetables, or melt cheese.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat material are the racks made from?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth racks are fabricated from a single piece of steel using a laser cutting process for precision and strength.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow do the jalapeno and drumstick holes help?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese integrated holders replace the need for separate utensils. They allow you to stand produce and chicken legs upright, freeing horizontal grate space.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs there a warranty on this accessory?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease refer to the manufacturer information included with your purchase or contact the retailer directly regarding Warranties.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits Traeger Tailgater and Traeger Junior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two slide-out racks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laser cut, one solid piece of steel per rack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in jalapeno and drumstick holsters on the top rack; lockable side brackets; glide tracks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds a second cooking zone; improves accessibility; reduces smoke exposure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366035760,"sku":"RK2-RT-340","price":224.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Traeger_Tailgater_Jr_v2.png?v=1791893600"},{"product_id":"grilla-grills-silverbac-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-2-racks","title":"Grilla Grills Silverbac | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrilla Grills Silverbac | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System – 2 Racks\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Grilla Grills Silverbac Pimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System transforms your Silverbac into a two-tiered cooking powerhouse. This setup doubles your surface area while keeping every inch of heat flowing exactly how it did before. You get full control over your cook zones by adding dedicated levels for different temperatures. The entire kit installs in minutes using patent-pending pressure bolt brackets that require zero drilling or cutting. You simply mount them and enjoy instantly accessible, heavy-duty carbon steel racks that deliver cast-iron level heat retention.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMassive Capacity Gains:\u003c\/strong\u003e The two racks together supply 814.25 square inches of additional cooking space for larger batch cooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZero-Damage Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Secure mounting relies on pressure bolt brackets that lock in place without cutting your grill body or voiding warranties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuperior Searing Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty carbon steel grates feature a diamond pattern that holds heat intensely and creates distinct sear marks on your proteins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRapid Food Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both tiers are fully removable. You can slide them out or lift them away in seconds whenever you need to adjust your meal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTerrific Vertical Clearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e A spacious 4¾ inches sits above the top rack to comfortably fit towering pieces like briskets and bone-in pork butts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every component is built domestically with rugged durability specifically engineered for everyday backyard pitmasters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimultaneously smoking several pounds of ribs alongside tenderizing thick pork shoulders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHosting large gatherings where extra volume prevents backorders of cooked meat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitting oversized whole packers or high-profilе roasts that usually crowd single-level grills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManaging complex cook strategies that demand consistent separation between low-and-slow and hotter zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003ePosition moisture-heavy items toward the center of the grate where heat distribution tends to be strongest. Reserve the outer edges for quick-cooking sides or buns that benefit from gentle convection warming. Keep the diamond-patterned surfaces clean after each use to maintain maximum thermal efficiency over time. Always verify that the brackets sit firmly flush before opening the lid so your racks remain perfectly level throughout long burns.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent Grilla Silverbac owners seeking immediate capacity expansion without permanent modifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekend competition teams preparing massive volumes of identical batches under time pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeasonal hosts managing continuous family feasts where reloading a small cooker slows down service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters who value heavy material construction and straightforward tool-free assembly routines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel Specification:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-Rack Configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specifically designed for Grilla Silverbac Series Grills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Added Surface Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e 814.25 square inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop Rack Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4¾ inches of available clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrate Composition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carbon steel with signature diamond-pattern design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e United States\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes installing these racks alter my silverbac's stock airflow?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Gen2 slide-out architecture leaves internal air channels completely clear so temperature behavior remains stable just like it does on factory models.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill the pressure bolts loosen naturally while I barbecue?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe patented bracket design clamps tightly onto existing points so vibration and thermal cycling do not force them loose during active cooking sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I separate both racks entirely if I want my original single-level layout again?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. Both levels lift straight out independently whenever you prefer returning to basic single-layer grilling modes temporarily.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow do I protect the carbon steel during storage periods?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApply a thin layer of neutral cooking oil across the bars right after washing and drying them off to guard against surface oxidation safely.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eAre replacement grates sold separately from this complete slide-out package?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing covers the full bracket hardware plus both upper and lower sliding platforms. Single-element replacements are available separately through supported distributor channels if needed later.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNeed more ways to personalize your smoker?\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ddrbbqsupply.com\/collections\/grilla-grills-mods\"\u003eBrowse the full catalog of Grilla Grills mods here.\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366134064,"sku":"RK2-GG-SB","price":279.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Silverbac.png?v=1791893520"},{"product_id":"traeger-pro-575-pro-22-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-2-racks","title":"Traeger Pro 575 \/ Pro 22 | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System for Traeger Pro 575 \u0026amp; Pro 22: Add Multi-Level Cooking Space Without Drilling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System for Traeger Pro 575 \u0026amp; Pro 22 turns your existing pellet grill into a high-performance smoking station. You lose time reaching into heavy smoke just to check meat quality. These slide-out racks bring everything closer so you can flip chicken or glaze ribs without breaking your cook. The system unlocks extra cooking areas and improves airflow around your food. You get better bark development and more even heat distribution across every layer.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstant Cooking Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds a second rack level so you can run brisket next to ribs safely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmarter Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slide the racks out to baste or flip without burying your hands in hot coals and thick smoke.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Smoke Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Placing food higher catches stronger draft cycles for richer flavor and darker crust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Stops:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in rack guides lock the metal trays in place so your meat never slides backward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Focus:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carbon steel bars feature a diamond grip pattern and hide sharp cut edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-Free Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patent-pending brackets snap into your existing ports so you spend minutes on installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty carbon steel seasons naturally and resists warping under sustained heat loads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong smoke sessions that need room for multiple proteins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooking tough cuts that benefit from steady convection heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBatch cooking party meals like whole chickens or pork shoulders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVenting thick smoke more efficiently through the top port\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparating dry-rubbed meats from sauced batches during the finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeason the Steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coat both racks lightly with cooking oil before your first fire. The carbon steel develops a natural release layer over repeated heats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotate Your Load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pellet grills stack warmth toward the fire pot. Move slower proteins to the top rack halfway through to speed up tenderness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreserve Airflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep side vent openings clear when loading the upper tray. Unrestricted drafts maintain steady internal temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrush After Cooling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe the grates once they drop below warm handling temperature. Soft bristles remove residue without scoring the seasoned surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraeger Pro 575 and Pro 22 owners running single-grill family cooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackyard competition teams testing parallel rubs on separate levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent hosts preparing large weekend batches without renting extra smokers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurists who refuse to drill permanent holes into factory-built chassis panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCompatible Models\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit aligns perfectly with Traeger Pro 575 and Traeger Pro 22 footprints. The bracket geometry also matches most twenty-two inch barrel style pellet grills. Verified secondary fits include Century 22, Mesa 22, Lil Tex Series, Eastwood Select, and original TFB or BBQ07 builds. Pimp My Grill operates independently and carries no affiliation or endorsement from these manufacturer names. Verify your side vent spacing before confirming your order.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes this kit require tools to install?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The patent-pending brackets lock directly into your existing vent mounts. You will not need a drill, wrench set, or cutting equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I remove just one rack if I only need extra height?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The slide-out track system holds the brackets independently. Remove the middle tray whenever you want clearance for taller proteins.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill these racks warp during high heat cooking?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe units feature overbuilt carbon steel construction designed for sustained outdoor fires. They handle standard pellet grill temperatures without warping.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow do I attach the racks to my Traeger?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the bracket tabs with your top side vents. Push downward until they click into place. Drop the metal racks onto the support channels to finish.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs this system compatible with Traeger Pro 34 or Ranger models?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The bracket geometry and vent spacing are sized specifically for twenty-two inch barrel configurations. Smaller or larger Traeger lines require different accessory kits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDo I need to season these grates before first use?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend applying a thin coat of cooking oil to the raw carbon steel before heating. This process protects the metal and primes a natural nonstick finish.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pimp My Grill®\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gen2 Slide-Out Rack Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two heavy-duty slide-out racks with support brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-gauge carbon steel with diamond grip pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vent-slot brackets, zero drilling or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary Fitment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Traeger Pro 575 \u0026amp; Traeger Pro 22\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecondary Fitment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Century 22, Mesa 22, Lil Tex Series, Eastwood Select, TFB \u0026amp; BBQ07\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized specifically for twenty-two inch barrel grills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366199600,"sku":"RK2-TR-575-22","price":269.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/TRAEGER_PRO_22_-_575_v2.png?v=1791893489"},{"product_id":"baseball-batting-helmet-bbq-chimney-cap-black-pimp-my-grill®","title":"Baseball Batting Helmet BBQ Chimney Cap - Black | Pimp My Grill®","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill Baseball Batting Helmet Chimney Cap: Swap Your Standard Smoke Stack for a Bold Look\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Baseball Batting Helmet BBQ Chimney Cap replaces your pellet grill’s standard cone cap and installs in minutes. It channels smoke and heat while giving your outdoor kitchen an unmistakable baseball style. You keep proper draft flow without sacrificing personality. This cover bolts directly to most standard chimney tubes and stays locked in place during heavy cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFamiliar Shape:\u003c\/b\u003e The classic batting helmet silhouette makes your grill instantly noticeable at games or backyard cookouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTool-Free Setup:\u003c\/b\u003e No drills or specialty wrenches are required. The included rod and adapter slide straight onto your existing tube.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCustom Positioning:\u003c\/b\u003e Rotate the helmet clockwise until it sits exactly where you want it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSolid Security:\u003c\/b\u003e A tightening set nut locks the unit firmly once you reach your preferred height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProtective Coating:\u003c\/b\u003e The black finish resists weather exposure and survives typical outdoor grill heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePellet grill owners wanting a custom exterior upgrade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekend tailgaters who want team spirit on their cooker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatio shoppers who prefer quick, hardware-only installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone swapping mismatched or worn-out stock chimney covers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaintain Draft Space:\u003c\/b\u003e Leave at least three fourtehs of an inch between the non ear flap side and the pipe top to keep airflow steady.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSeat the Adapter First:\u003c\/b\u003e Verify the helmet adapter is fully engaged on the threaded rod before you screw the cap on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLock at Full Height:\u003c\/b\u003e Raise the helmet to your ideal position, then crank the set nut tight so wind cannot shift the cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStore Parts Safely:\u003c\/b\u003e Unscrew the helmet after season ends and tuck the rod and adapter away to prevent rust off season.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDedicated pellet grill users adding personalized flair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFans who want their equipment to match their favorite uniform colors or logos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenters or deck cooks avoiding permanent modifications to the manufacturer stack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill this fit my current pellet grill chimney?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cap uses a standard threaded mounting system. It pairs with most common chimney tubes that accept interchangeable aftermarket covers. Measure your existing stack diameter before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow do I get the height setting right?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThread the helmet onto the adapter until it rests where you like it. Watch the three quarter inch gap to the pipe top closely. Once spacing looks correct, tighten the set nut to freeze the position.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes removing the original cap hurt my smoke production?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. A proper chimney opening keeps draft moving normally. Keeping the recommended clearance above the rim ensures the fire gets fresh air without choking.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat arrives in the box?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive the black helmet shell, a mounting threaded rod, the connecting adapter piece, and the locking set nut. Everything mounts directly to your current tube.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I take the helmet off for storage?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Simply reverse the threading steps to separate the shell from the rod. Store the metal components dry to preserve the finish through winter months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs the black paint safe around high grill temps?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe factory coat is designed for exterior grill surfaces. Normal smoke temperature and outdoor weather will not blister or peel the plating.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/b\u003e Baseball Batting Helmet BBQ Chimney Cap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBrand:\u003c\/b\u003e Pimp My Grill®\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eColor:\u003c\/b\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/b\u003e Threaded rod with adapter and set nut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eClearance Requirement:\u003c\/b\u003e Minimum three quarters inch from non ear flap to top of stack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/b\u003e Helmet shell, threaded rod, adapter, locking nut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366297904,"sku":"BSBL-HLMT-BLK","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Black_Batteling_Helmet_PMG_b103df30-08e2-426b-b66f-b748a453c175.png?v=1791893473"},{"product_id":"tactical-beer-storage-holder-right","title":"Tactical Beer \u0026 Storage Holder (Right)","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTactical Beer \u0026amp; Storage Holder (Right): Secure Your Drinks and Gear on the Move\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tactical Beer \u0026amp; Storage Holder (Right) keeps your beverage stable and your essentials within reach. You will stop worrying about spills while walking or working outside. This mount clips or straps to belts, wagons, or vehicle handles. It positions your can or cup exactly on the right side for fast one-handed access. Small compartments hold tools, fire starters, or seasoning packets. You get a reliable way to transport drinks and supplies without juggling multiple items.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRight-Side Placement\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps your dominant hand free while you grab drinks or tools quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Grip Design\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds standard cans and pint glasses in place during movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Storage Pockets\u003c\/strong\u003e Tucks away gloves, timers, or spices so they do not roll around.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast Mount Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e Attaches to heavy-duty webbing or frame tubes in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-Round Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e Shields your glass or aluminum from scratches and dents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Cleanup\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipes clean with a damp cloth after outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailgate parties and stadium entry lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJob sites and trade show floors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCamping trips and overland towing rigs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile cooking stations and food trucks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eField events like lacrosse or soccer sidelines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the holder slightly forward so you grab cans instead of reaching back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse flat-bottom containers to prevent tipping on uneven ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLine the storage pockets with a small zip bag for wet gloves or used napkins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect mounting straps weekly to maintain consistent tension during vibration-heavy rides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse with plain water after grilling to remove grease and ash buildup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkers who carry a hydration bottle and need a dedicated spot for a weekend treat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGear leads who manage station supplies and want quick tool retrieval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility-focused attendants who prefer right-side mounting for easier transfers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent staff moving between vendor booths or parking fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I mount this on standard wagon frames?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The holder attaches to round or square tubing using wrap-style straps.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill it fit oversized bottles or mugs?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt spaces are optimized for twelve ounce cans and standard sixteen ounce pint glasses.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow do I replace worn straps?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse heavy-duty nylon buckle straps purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs this version reversible for left-side use?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The right designation means the mount curves to face the rider’s right side.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes the storage pocket hold sharp tools?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep blades sheathed. The fabric lining works best with blunt objects and soft accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrientation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Right\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary Function:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drink retention and compact storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wrap-compatible belt or frame attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned Containers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard cans and pint glass cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366166832,"sku":"TBSH-R","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/RightSideBeerandStorageHolder.png?v=1791893468"},{"product_id":"camp-chef-woodwind-36-woodwind-pro-36-cl-36-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-2-racks","title":"Camp Chef Woodwind 36 \/ Woodwind Pro 36 \/ CL 36 | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Racks for Camp Chef Woodwind 36, Pro 36 \u0026amp; CL 36 – Expand Your Cooking Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou gain significantly more workspace by adding these two slide-out shelves to your Camp Chef Woodwind 36, Pro 36, or CL 36 grills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe patent-pending Gen2 design lets you slide the racks toward you so you can flip food in the back without bending over or taking a hit of smoke.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstall the side brackets and slide the shelves into place for a setup that holds firm while moving freely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRun the lower grate when you want direct heat to char steaks and catch diamond sear marks, while moving slower items upstairs where they cook with convection and circulating smoke.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrill main proteins on one level and bake sides on the other to handle big family meals or competition portions without juggling trays.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependent Slide-Out Motion\u003c\/strong\u003e Pull any rack outward to check or rotate food so your arms stay clear of the heat and smoke.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Thermal Zoning\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the bottom shelf for intense direct heat that creates diamond sear marks, then shift to the upper grate where convection smoke wraps your food gently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble the Output\u003c\/strong\u003e Load both grates at once to fit larger batches of ribs, poultry, or mixed dishes on a single firebox cook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e Lock the mounting brackets and slide the shelves home; the process moves quickly and keeps your assembly straightforward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmoker-Safe Handling\u003c\/strong\u003e Bring the racks out to manage placement so your face never sits directly over the open lid when smoke rises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeeding crowds with multiple racks of ribs, brisket, or large birds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooking meats alongside baking projects like cornbread or bread loaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters who want focused direct heat for searing while using convection for finishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers tired of straining their backs or breathing smoke while tending food in the back of the grill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad heavier pans on the lower grate since it offers stronger direct heat and supports weight distribution closer to the firebox.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotate food halfway through the cook by sliding the rack out, turning the pan, and sliding the grate back in without losing much temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the upper grate slightly further from the burn pot to maintain gentle smoke circulation for low-and-slow cuts like pork shoulder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter a heavy cook, wipe down the slide mechanisms with a metal-safe cleaner so ash buildup does not restrict smooth movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners of Camp Chef Woodwind 36, Pro 36, and CL 36 grills looking to upgrade from fixed upper racks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackbone cooks preparing competition-sized volumes who need reliable expansion capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChef enthusiasts who prefer sliding racks forward to inspect crust development and moisture without guesswork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone assembling campfire-grade setups with modular accessories they trust for daily reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit contains two slide-out shelves along with the bracket hardware needed to mount the system inside your compatible Camp Chef unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo slide-out cooking shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBracket hardware for installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhich Camp Chef models match these racks?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pimp My Grill system fits the Camp Chef Woodwind 36, Woodwind Pro 36, and Camper Long Camp woodwind 36 (CL 36) grills.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow does the dual-rack setup change cooking dynamics?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lower grate delivers direct heat for hard sears, while the upper grate catches rising convection and smoke for slower cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I use the upper shelf for baking dough or casseroles?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, you can place baking dishes on the upper level while grilling meats below to finish a complete meal in one session.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs installation complicated?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, you simply lock the side brackets into position and slide the shelves into place; the slide-in mechanism requires no extra tools.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill sliding the racks out cause the smoke to irritate my eyes?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSliding the racks pulls the food away from the smoke column so you can flip and check food without drawing fumes into your face.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat happens to the diamond sear pattern?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy cranking the grill hot, you transfer heat through the grate bars to imprint sharp diamond lines across steaks and chops.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand Series:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pimp My Grill Gen2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit Content:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two Slide-Out Shelves with Bracket Hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits:\u003c\/strong\u003e Camp Chef Woodwind 36, Woodwind Pro 36, CL 36\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lock Brackets and Slide In\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCooking Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lower Direct Heat, Upper Convection Smoke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955365904688,"sku":"RK2-CC-36","price":289.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Camp_Chef_36_v2.png?v=1791893437"},{"product_id":"traeger-ironwood-885-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-2-racks","title":"Traeger Ironwood 885 | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Rack for Traeger Ironwood 885 | Expand Your Cooking Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour Traeger Ironwood 885 deserves twice the cooking power. The Pimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System adds a second tier to your grill instantly. You gain plenty of room to handle large dinners without stacking meat awkwardly.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis patent-pending mod splits your cooking surface into two distinct heat zones. The lower shelf sits close to the fire pot for intense direct heat and fast charring. The upper rack sits higher up for gentle convection cooking and heavy smoke exposure. You can run completely different cooking styles at the exact same time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble the Surface Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fill the grill with trays of brisket or racks of ribs without overlapping food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaster Multiple Cooks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bake delicate fish on the top shelf while you sear steaks below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFragrant Searing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn up the temperature on your Ironwood 885 to hit beautiful diamond-shaped grill marks on the top level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHurt-Free Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount the sturdy brackets in roughly five minutes without drilling holes or modifying your expensive grill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePull-Away Convenience:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glide pans outward to flip burgers safely. You avoid bending low into thick clouds of irritant smoke.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooking several pounds of ribs or chicken wings at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSearing thick ribeyes on a pellet grill to lock in natural juices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoasting whole poultry on the upper rack while smoking sausages below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHosting crowded weekend gatherings that require huge quantities of cooked food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeverage Original Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pop off your existing side baffle screw and thread the new bracket tightly in its precise spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition the Probe Correctly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place your thermal sensor in the mounting point designed for the upper rack bracket before sliding the shelves in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathe Easier While Flipping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pull the front pan out fully before handling raw meat or finished plates. Keep your head well away from the exhaust gap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraeger Ironwood 885 owners who constantly feel short on space during busy holidays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackyard pitmasters looking to build massive competition-style brisket batches from their living room deck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKamado users who want an alternative to traditional cast iron grids for versatile zone cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCompatibility Note\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlease read this important detail carefully: Pimp My Grill Gen2 accessories are independent aftermarket products. They are not manufactured by, affiliated with, endorsed by, or otherwise related to Traeger Brands LLC.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes this modification ruin the warranty on my Ironwood 885?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe upgrade requires no cutting or drilling. Since it installs by threading directly into your existing side baffle screw, there is no permanent alteration to the factory welds or shell.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow does the upper rack change the flavor profile of my food?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eHigher positioning exposes meat to rising heat waves and abundant wood smoke. You get more even smokiness and slower rendering compared to the rapid direct heat found on the lower shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill the slide-out mechanism get extremely hot to handle?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe stainless steel racks will naturally absorb heat during operation. You should always utilize oven mitts or thick barbecue gloves when pulling the loaded trays outward.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs the installation truly beginner-friendly?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eYes. All you need to do is swap one screw and locate the sensor spot. You slide the pre-assembled shelves into place afterward, finishing the whole job in about five minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I put frozen foods on these slide-out racks?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The added height allows you to thaw slow-cooked proteins or smoke frozen ribs efficiently without worrying about drips pooling on items below them.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Pimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired Units: 2 Racks per order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrill Fitment: Exclusively made for the Traeger Ironwood 885\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting Method: Replaces existing side baffle screw; no drilling needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded Components: Side brackets, thermal sensor mount, slide-out shelf units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366363440,"sku":"RK2-TR-885","price":304.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/TRAEGER_CENTURY_885_2_Rack_v2_797e0854-4ee1-4c84-8281-8555386da4ad.png?v=1791893398"},{"product_id":"recteq-deck-boss-590-pimp-my-grill®-tactical-stainless-folding-front-shelf","title":"Recteq Deck Boss 590 | Pimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf for RecTeq Deck Boss 590\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Recteq Deck Boss 590 Pimp My Grill Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf gives you more prep space and a more comfortable working height without any drilling on your deck cookstation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty stainless steel shelf replaces your standard front tray to help you organize rubs, tools, and cutting boards while preparing large cuts of meat. Because it sits four inches higher than the original unit, your wrists stay straighter during long cooks. You can still secure your grill cover while the shelf is mounted in the lowered position, which saves time between cooking sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-Drill Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e — Uses the existing leg bolts to hold the bracket securely in place so you spend your weekend cooking instead of messing with power tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-Handed Operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Fold the work surface flat for storage or lift it back into action quickly when you are ready to plate your brisket or pulled pork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Working Height\u003c\/strong\u003e — The raised design lifts your workspace four inches higher than the stock unit to reduce back and wrist strain during extended prep work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Surface Area\u003c\/strong\u003e — At nearly 14 inches deep, the shelf provides plenty of room for trays, spice jars, instant-read thermometers, and a solid landing spot for hot meat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-Weather Durability\u003c\/strong\u003e — Crafted from heavy-duty 304 stainless steel that resists heat, rain, and grease stains for years of outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover-Friendly Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e — The folding mechanism clears the path so your grill cover fits over the top when you have the unit stored away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-smoking briskets and pork butts where frequent trimming requires extra staging area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKitchen-style prep tasks like wrapping ribs or seasoning steaks directly next to the grill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor kitchens with limited counter space where a foldable station helps save room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganizing grilling essentials like spray bottles, tongs, and foil within arm's reach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Loose Tools Before Lining Up Your Cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e The floating design allows air to keep your grill cool enough to store. Fasten any small items before dropping the cover over the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWipe Down After Each Cook:\u003c\/strong\u003e A quick wipe with a damp cloth keeps the 304 stainless finish looking sharp and prevents sticky rub residue from baking onto the metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck Bolt Tightness Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat cycles in the summer months can sometimes loosen the existing leg bolts used for installation. Give the mounting points a quick check every few weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse for Cold Smoking Gear:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount your smoke tubes or electric smokers nearby for easy access when adding flavor to fish or cold-smoked cheeses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho’s This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecTeq Deck Boss 590 owners who want a permanent station without modifying their legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBBQ enthusiasts who find themselves constantly stepping inside to grab tools or set down resting meat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoors people looking for a weather-resistant shelf that handles grease splatter without scratching or warping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFamilies running large cookouts who need to stage multiple dishes, foil, and serving utensils near the firebox\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCompatibility Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis shelf mounts exclusively to the RecTeq Deck Boss 590. It is designed to attach using the factory hardware already present on the deck frame.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow does this shelf mount to the deck boss?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit uses the existing bolts on the deck boss legs. It requires no cutting or drilling to install and drops right into place.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill the fold-down shelf fit under my grill cover?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. When folded flat, the shelf stays low enough to allow the manufacturer's grill cover to sit securely over the entire unit.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs this compatible with other RecTeq models?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bracket is engineered specifically for the RecTeq Deck Boss 590 layout and may not fit smaller or differently shaped deck models.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I leave this shelf outside year-round?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe heavy-duty 304 stainless steel construction is built to withstand outdoor elements, including humidity, grease, and heat exposure all season long.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes the shelf come pre-assembled?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit arrives ready to bolt to your deck boss using the included fasteners and the existing leg hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Heavy-Duty 304 Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting Style: No-drill attachment using existing leg bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Height: Elevated to sit four inches higher than standard stock shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: Nearly 14 inches wide for ample workspace\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperation: One-handed folding bracket system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Compatibility: N\/A (Grill accessory only)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: American-made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible Grill Models: RecTeq Deck Boss 590\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366527280,"sku":"FS-RT-DB590","price":169.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Tactical_Stainless_Folding_Front_Shelf_for_RecTeq_Deck_Boss_590.png?v=1791893372"},{"product_id":"recteq-deck-boss-590-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-2-racks","title":"Recteq Deck Boss 590 | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System for Recteq Deck Boss 590\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpand your cooking capacity on the Deck Boss 590 without making permanent changes. The Pimp My Grill Gen2 2-Rack System adds usable upper levels to your smoker. Place lighter foods requiring convection on top, and reserve the lower slots for direct heat exposure. You can grill hard on the bottom rack while baking items higher up at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe slide-out design brings the food toward you rather than forcing awkward reaches into dark corners. Gliding the racks outward moves proteins out of the immediate smoke and heat zone. This setup lets you tend to food on the back of the grill without blowing smoke into your face.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-free attachment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Simply lock the side brackets into place and slide the shelves into position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultilevel flexibility.\u003c\/strong\u003e Utilize varying heat depths to grill and bake simultaneously.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJerk-free access.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pull loaded racks forward to adjust food comfortably.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVisual clarity.\u003c\/strong\u003e Avoid inhaling thick plumes because the slide-out front opens the chamber safely to you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom searing potential.\u003c\/strong\u003e Crank your Deck Boss 590 hot to lay down distinct diamond-shaped grill marks on meats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstant expansion.\u003c\/strong\u003e Stack vertical spacing inside the main cook chamber for maximum yield.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge family cookouts requiring extra tray space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSide dishes needing indirect air flow while mains get live fire\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters monitoring heavy smoke loads closely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePrime for sear marks.\u003c\/b\u003e If you want those signature crisp lines, increase the heat on your Pellet Grill initially before placing thick-cut steaks or chops on the lowest rack level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eManage airflow layers.\u003c\/b\u003e Rotate tray positions periodically. The topmost rack receives different convection currents than the middle slot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eLoad evenly before unhooking.\u003c\/b\u003e Balance weight across both shelves so the friction-slide motion stays smooth.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners of the Recteq Deck Boss 590 looking to maximize volume indoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor caterers managing multiple proteins per session\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrillers who want organized shelving without drilling pilot holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs this rack kit compatible with other pellet smoker models?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis specific 2-rack assembly mounts exclusively to the built-in side brackets provided by the Recteq Deck Boss 590.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow many individual racks does each purchase contain?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour order ships with the full Gen2 upper and lower slide-out rack components needed to complete the dual-shelf arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes installation require professional help or welding?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo specialized fabrication is needed. There is absolutely no drilling or cutting needed to install these slides onto your existing deck.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill adding this rack affect how securely the smoker door shuts?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFitting these interior sliding shelves does not interfere with the primary cover latches meant to seal the main grill body.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes Pimp My Grill make this rack under license from RecTeq?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese accessories are produced independently. This product is neither manufactured by nor officially endorsed by RecTeq entities.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Fitment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recteq Deck Boss 590\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Slide-out Rack Shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bracket-locking side rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModification Status:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-destructive; no screws, bolts, or heat required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366428976,"sku":"RK2-RT-DB-590","price":279.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/RecTeq_590_v2_a749a245-1fb0-414d-aef1-812cc14c9a30.png?v=1791893349"},{"product_id":"recteq-rt-590-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-2-racks","title":"Recteq RT-590 | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System for Recteq RT-590: Expand Your Cooking Capacity Without Drilling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System turns your Recteq RT-590 into a two-level cooking station. You gain extra space to roast, bake, or grill simultaneously. This setup works best on older RT-590 units that feature the original octagon-shaped barrel. Lower shelves sit closer to the thermal floor for direct heat. Upper shelves catch stronger convection currents and heavier smoke patterns. You will appreciate how the slide-out trays bring food right to your front edge. Pull a rack forward and flip steaks or ribs without leaning into thick smoke.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual cooking zones\u003c\/strong\u003e Assign direct heat to the bottom tier and reserve indirect smoke for the top level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorning-friendly retrieval\u003c\/strong\u003e Glided trays stop at your face so you never wrestle with tongs buried in the back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZero-modification install\u003c\/strong\u003e Lock the mounting brackets into the frame, drop the shelves in, and you are done.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop-tier searing\u003c\/strong\u003e Run your grill at peak temperature and watch the metal grates stamp perfect marks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatent-pending architecture\u003c\/strong\u003e Sturdy side brackets hold trays firmly in place during long slow-cooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrisket and beef ribs that need constant attention\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCornish hens sitting above a water pan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegetables or cheese that finish fast on the upper grid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull weekend batch cooking without switching grills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStack by finish time\u003c\/strong\u003e Load low-temperature cuts below and quick-roasting sides above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNurture the slide rails\u003c\/strong\u003e Brush ash off the bracket channels after cooling so the next cook starts with zero friction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShield sensitive herbs\u003c\/strong\u003e Place delicate greens on the middle track or swap them to the rear of any slide-out bay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManage render flow\u003c\/strong\u003e Catch heavy fats on the bottom tray. This prevents flareups that could scorch food on higher racks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoyal RT-590 users who want full utilization of interior space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekend hosts juggling meat, sides, and bread in one smoker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmoke beginners who want better heat layer separation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetition teams practicing multi-tier cook strategies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility Note\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounting hardware attaches only to the legacy Recteq RT-590 frame with an octagonal barrel profile. This kit does not fit modern rectangular or round-chamber models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQty: Two slide-out cooking racks installed via bracket mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerified fitment: Older Recteq RT-590 with octagon barrel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMount type: Secure side brackets accepting sliding shelf rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool requirement: None required for base installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat behavior: Lower rack equals direct exposure. Upper rack equals convection focus.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatus: Patent-pending bracket design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCan I attach this to a newer Recteq 590?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis system only secures to the older octagon-barrel RT-590 chassis. Newer chamber shapes will not align with the mounting tabs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes installing this void my warranty?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brackets lock into existing factory seams without cutting or drilling. Because you modify nothing on the original body, factory coverage remains intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow much smoke gets trapped behind the front tray?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the rack out completely before checking your food. This clears the smoke pocket and protects your eyes while you plate or flip proteins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill the upper shelf reach the same internal temperature?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top rack operates in a warmer zone driven by rising air drafts. Expect consistent indirect heat rather than aggressive direct flame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAre replacement brackets sold separately?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck with your retailer for single bracket replacements if wear occurs after years of heavy use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCan I use wood pellets on this rack system?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeed whatever fuel your pellet auger supports. Higher pellet loads push more flavor through the upper grid during long pulls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366396208,"sku":"RK2-RT-590","price":279.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/RecTeq_590_v2.png?v=1791893325"},{"product_id":"recteq-flagship-1100-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-2-racks","title":"Recteq Flagship 1100 | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System for RecTec Flagship 1100 – More Capacity and Control Without Drilling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System for your RecTec Flagship 1100 adds serious cooking space while keeping your grill completely stock. Factory grates often limit how much meat you can run or make flipping difficult during long cooks. This two-tier rack setup fixes that instantly. You simply glide the carbon steel shelves out to wrap brisket, flip ribs, or baste chicken. You never have to reach into deep heat again. Positioning food higher also pulls it into cleaner smoke streams. That airflow boost delivers more consistent cooking and a steadier bark build.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-tier slide-out access\u003c\/strong\u003e Glide both racks smoothly to manage food without leaning over open flames.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo permanent changes required\u003c\/strong\u003e Install in minutes using pressure bolts that lock into your existing frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiamond-pattern carbon steel\u003c\/strong\u003e Retains intense heat and leaves sharp sear marks on every cut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick release design\u003c\/strong\u003e Remove both shelves in seconds when you need extra height for whole turkeys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter smoke circulation\u003c\/strong\u003e Elevated food spreads heat around larger batches for more uniform results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong hardwood smokes like pork shoulder and beef brisket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBatch cooking wings and ribs for holiday meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrapping meat mid-cook without blocking main grates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoasting large poultry or center-cut roasts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetition teams stacking multiple pans for airflow testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the middle shelf exactly halfway between the top plate and firebox lid for optimum draft.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightly oil the carbon steel before loading your first run to protect the surface finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull both racks forward completely when flipping delicate meats to keep your hands clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStack the empty tiers side by side after removal to save shelf space in your pantry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSweep the diamond grooves with a grill brush after each session to prevent sugary rubs from hardening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecTec Flagship 1100 owners pushing past ten-hour smoke windows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome cooks doubling batch sizes for church suppers or tailgates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeam cooks tracking airflow variables across different tray positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrillers frustrated by burned fingers and cramped turning space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation Basics\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit mates directly to the pre-existing bracket slots near your firebox access door. Mount the brackets level and thread the pressure bolts until snug. The design holds firmly at standard pellet grill operating temperatures. Everything stays secure during transport or wind gusts.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill these slide-out racks fit the RecTec Flagship 860?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The mounting rails were engineered specifically for the interior width and depth of the Flagship 1100 only.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDo I need power tools to mount this system?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou only need a hand wrench or socket set. The bolts thread directly into your factory slots. Cuts, drills, and saws are never needed.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I use these shelves for direct high-heat searing?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe thick carbon steel handles strong indirect heat well. They perform best as secondary warming or holding zones inside the main chamber.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow much room clears when the racks are removed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemoving both tiers creates a full vertical column behind the firebox. That gap fits whole chickens, large hams, or tall drip pans.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes the pack include all fasteners for installation?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The box contains both sliding shelves, steel mounting brackets, bolts, and step-by-step orientation cards.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill adding this setup affect my grill warranty?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis system attaches to existing anchor points. It changes zero structural parts of the original smoker.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhere should I store the racks between cooking sessions?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shelves nest flat against each other. Keep the stack upright away from moisture or store it in a dry garage corner.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible Model: RecTec Flagship 1100 Pellet Smoker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity Included: Two slide-out cooking racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial Build: Heavy-duty carbon steel with diamond-textured surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFastening Method: Standard pressure bolts secures into factory slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoval Feature: Tool-free slide mechanism clears chamber instantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing Origin: Designed and assembled in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366330672,"sku":"RK2-RT-FS-1100","price":279.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Flagship_1100_Recteq_PMG_Gen2_Rack_System_-_2_Racks_11a3f674-86ab-4f08-90c3-0a76b3d83640.png?v=1791893320"},{"product_id":"baseball-batting-helmet-bbq-chimney-cap-silver-pimp-my-grill®","title":"Baseball Batting Helmet BBQ Chimney Cap - Silver | Pimp My Grill®","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBaseball Batting Helmet BBQ Chimney Cap - Silver: Give Your Pellet Grill a Sports-Themed Upgrade\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Baseball Batting Helmet BBQ Chimney Cap - Silver replaces your pellet grill’s standard stack cover. It instantly adds a noticeable sport accent to your outdoor cooking area. Designed like a lightweight batting helmet, this custom cap channels smoke upward while providing a memorable centerpiece on your deck or patio. You can swap the plain metal cone for this distinctive fixture in just a few minutes. It mates directly with most pellet smokers that accept standard threaded chimney vents.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis piece solves the issue of uniform equipment looks without altering your smoker’s core function. The open interior keeps draft steady, so your fuel burns at the same rate as before. If you enjoy showing team pride on your grill without sacrificing reliability, this cap meets that goal cleanly.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstant Visual Overhaul:\u003c\/strong\u003e Trades a basic exhaust tip for a shaped piece that draws attention at every cookout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Thread-On Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seats easily over your existing chimney rod without drilling or welding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slides up or down the stem so you choose the exact visual height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEngineered Air Gap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Places the flat face near the rear to preserve unobstructed smoke flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-In-One Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ships with the matching threaded rod and adapter plate for a complete first-fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintainable Surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resists light rust and cleans quickly once fully cooled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePellet grill owners updating a dull exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRookie-level sports clubs needing affordable room decor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiny tailgating tents with limited display space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmoker builders running identical cabinet models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet Clearance Early:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leave at least three-quarters of an inch between the steel edge and the bottom of your chimney wall. Proper gap prevents thermal bounce-back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLock After Positioning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raise or lower the helmet to eye level, then press the set nut tight against the adapter. Vibration loosens caps faster than heat does.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinger-Tighten First:\u003c\/strong\u003e Start the threads by hand to prevent cross-winding. Power tools strip the soft metal backing quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrush Outside Only:\u003c\/strong\u003e Remove ash and splatter with a stiff nylon pad while the unit sits cold. Keep wire brushes away from painted panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoaches tracking season milestones with kitchen tributes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlumni groups decorating chapter grilling houses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePellet smoker collectors rotating seasonal accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVenue cooks maintaining branded, easily recognizable setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill this cap fit my current chimney vent?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes a threaded rod built for common smoker stacks. Measure your existing pipe diameter and compare it to the adapter plate before committing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCan I lower the helmet to reduce its profile?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Turn the unit counter-clockwise to drop it along the shaft, then stop once it rests at your preferred height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes the rounded shape choke my smoke draw?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The offset flat panel creates enough vertical channel space to maintain normal draft pull during steady burns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat happens if the set nut strips?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rod and adapter remain intact, allowing you to replace just the locking hardware while keeping the main shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShould I wash this part regularly?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe it down after every third cook cycle to prevent grease buildup near the ventilation gap.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver metallic coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Kit Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e Threaded rod, adapter plate, and set nut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlignment Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Requires minimum 3\/4 inch clearance from the non-ear flap side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Motion:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clockwise threading onto existing chimney stem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecuring Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set nut compresses firmly against the adapter frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Gear:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard threaded pellet grill smokestack outlets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366461744,"sku":"BSBL-HLMT-SLV","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Silver_Batteling_Helmet_PMG_1ec5460a-9228-493c-a358-08d01d864a2d.png?v=1791893304"},{"product_id":"recteq-flagship-1250-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-2-racks","title":"Recteq Flagship 1250 | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRecTeq Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System for RT-1250: Add Capacity and Control to Your Pellet Grill\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RecTeq Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System gives your RecTek RT-1250 immediate extra cooking space without heavy modifications. You receive two full-sized decks that double your available grate area while improving overall airflow patterns. Rather than stacking large cuts on one level, you can run separate temperature zones side by side. The setup is engineered specifically for the flagship 1250 model and mounts straight out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth Slide-Out Action:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pull both racks toward you to baste, turn, or inspect food without leaning over the hot lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Cooking Decks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two full-sized grids give you room for multiple meats or bulk meal prep without overcrowding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Carbon Steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thick steel seasons up like cast iron, building a protective layer that shields the grates from rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiamond Sear Pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cross-hatched ridges lock in juices and deliver clean, restaurant-quality grill marks on every cut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Convection Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Riding the upper rack exposes food to rising heat and circulating smoke for deeper flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast Removal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both grates lift out in seconds when you need clearance for tall roasters or quick pot wipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrisket and pork shoulder cooks needing separate indirect heat zones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFamily gatherings and batch meal prepping sessions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePellet grill operators seeking better vertical smoke distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSides, casseroles, and breads that thrive over gentle, circulating warmth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun a light oil treatment on new grates before your first cook to speed up the seasoning process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep foods evenly spaced on each deck so warm smoke can pass freely around every piece of meat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReserve the upper rack for proteins that finish faster, and let thick cuts cook on the lower deck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtend the rails fully before sliding them back in to protect the mounting pins from bending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecTek RT-1250 owners who regularly hit ceiling capacity on a single grate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHosts running long smoker shifts that require staging multiple dishes at once\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomization fans planning to pair the racks with other RecTek mods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese racks are custom fitted specifically for the RecTek RT-1250 model. The patent-pending slide mechanism drops into place within minutes. You will not need to cut holes, weld brackets, or drill into your firebox. The kit also remains fully compatible with existing RecTek mods and other Pimp My Grill aftermarket accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this rack system compatible with other pellet grills?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is custom manufactured exclusively for the RecTek RT-1250.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDo I need special tools to mount the slide-out decks?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNone required. The system installs with zero cutting or drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAre the cooking surfaces made of stainless steel?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are constructed from heavy-duty carbon steel that seasons similarly to cast iron.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCan I remove the upper grid for a single session?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Both decks pull out completely in seconds whenever you need height clearance or simpler pot cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill adding a second rack reduce overall smoke performance?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot when properly spaced. The upper deck actually increases exposure to rising convective heat and fresh wood smoke.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel Number: RT-1250\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit Contents: 2 Full-Sized Slide-Out Grates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrate Material: Heavy-Duty Carbon Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooking Surface Pattern: Classic Diamond Cross-Hatch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrill Fitment: RecTek RT-1250 Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting Style: Drop-In Slide Tracks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing Origin: Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366691120,"sku":"RK2-RT-1250","price":289.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Flagship_1100_Recteq_PMG_Gen2_Rack_System_-_2_Racks.png?v=1791893274"},{"product_id":"traeger-ironwood-885-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-rack-system-additional-rack","title":"Traeger Ironwood 885 | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Rack System - Additional Rack","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTraeger Ironwood 885 Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Additional Rack – Expand Your Smoking Surface\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd this extra shelf directly to your existing PMG Gen2 Rack System. You gain an immediate boost in usable cooking space without rebuilding your entire smoker. The rack drops straight into the Ironwood 885 to hold more meat, organize vegetables, or keep sides warm while you manage primary pellets. It aligns cleanly with your current frame and leaves room for normal smoke circulation. You will notice the difference the moment you lift the lid and see fresh grate area waiting to load.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMore flat surface\u003c\/strong\u003e You gain 497 square inches of uninterrupted cooking space for heavier loads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect upgrade path\u003c\/strong\u003e The shelf slides into your existing PMG Gen2 architecture without structural changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIronwood 885 matched design\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount points align precisely with the grill frame so alignment stays true.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStays clear of drippings\u003c\/strong\u003e Moving food higher protects it from grease pooling on the bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLean inventory option\u003c\/strong\u003e Buying just one extra rack costs far less than adding a second smoker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBulk chicken quarters or fish fillets that need even spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRib racks when you want consistent air gaps between layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekend batch cooking that stretches past a single tray count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSides and appetizers requiring stable temperatures while proteins finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHousehold entertainment when indoor oven space runs tight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRespect airflow channels\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep clearances between the new shelf and the smoker walls for steady heat movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManage runoff proactively\u003c\/strong\u003e Position water pans directly beneath the added rack to catch fat before it pools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotate trays midway\u003c\/strong\u003e Switch left-to-right positions halfway through long cooks for balanced bark development.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStabilize temperature first\u003c\/strong\u003e Let the Ironwood reach target heat before dropping the rack in and sealing the lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIronwood 885 owners who already run the PMG Gen2 Rack System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoach-style cooks preparing large poultry or pork pulls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEntertainers expanding tray counts without switching grills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBudget-minded pitmasters seeking incremental capacity gains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 additional rack unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel identifier\u003c\/strong\u003e RK2-TR-885\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem fit\u003c\/strong\u003e Manufactured exclusively for the Pimp My Grill Gen2 Rack System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended grill\u003c\/strong\u003e Traeger Ironwood 885\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdded capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 497 square inches of flat cooking surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill this replace my old PMG shelves?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit installs inside your Gen2 frame rather than swapping them out. It acts as an extra layer that works alongside your existing layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCan I mount it on an Ironwood 785 or Grand Champion?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The mounting geometry and width match the Ironwood 885 specifically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow much does 497 square inches actually look like?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat measurement covers roughly two full standard sheet trays or four long rib sections placed side by side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDo I need brackets or fasteners?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounting relies on the pre-existing PMG Gen2 supports. No hardware replacements are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill adding this rack void the Traeger warranty?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling a manufacturer-approved accessory does not typically affect warranty coverage. Always keep proof of purchase handy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCan I wash this metal surface in the dishwasher?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDishwasher detergents can strip protective finishes over time. Hand wash with warm water, mild soap, and a soft brush instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366592816,"sku":"RK1-TR-885","price":109.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/TRAEGER_IRONWOOD_780_1_Rack_v2.png?v=1791893267"},{"product_id":"camp-chef-woodwind-24-woodwind-pro-24-cl-24-pimp-my-grill®-tactical-stainless-folding-front-shelf","title":"Camp Chef Woodwind 24 \/ Woodwind Pro 24 \/ CL 24 | Pimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf for Camp Chef Woodwind 24 Series: Add Secure Prep Space Without Drilling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd reliable work surface right to your grill with the Pimp My Grill Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf. This heavy-duty stainless extension expands your prep area so you can trim, season, or plate without stepping away from the cook. It mounts quickly to your Camp Chef Woodwind Pro 24, Woodwind 24, or Woodwind CL 24 using only the factory upper rack bolts. You gain a stable workstation that folds flat when you need to clear the trail.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Stainless Build\u003c\/strong\u003e Resists moisture and holds your heaviest prep trays without flexing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolds When Tucked Away\u003c\/strong\u003e Protects the cutting edge and prevents tripping hazards near parked trailers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZero-Cut Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e Swaps existing bolts instead of requiring drills or permanent chassis modifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical Tilt Access\u003c\/strong\u003e Raises the surface on Woodwind Pro 24 models to uncover the smokebox handle for easy opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmerican Made Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e Sourced and fabricated domestically for consistent welds and precise alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBatch smoking large briskets or pork shoulders that demand constant attention\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeping rub jars, brushes, and foil within immediate reach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelieving kitchen counter pressure during holiday smokers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailgate sites where folding tables take up valuable driving lane space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlated meat staging before bringing servings to the main dining area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCollapse the shelf completely before hauling your grill through narrow garage bays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide a silicone mat over the flat surface when scoring tough bark or working directly on the metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLock the tilt mechanism upward before pressing against the smokebox latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the included mounting hardware in a labeled sandwich bag taped to your smoker frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the stainless face with warm soapy water after handling oily marinades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCamp Chef Woodwind 24 series owners who lack nearby counter space during long cooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrill enthusiasts who want expanded staging without risking factory warranty voids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetition teams or weekend warriors managing double-rack pulls simultaneously\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow It Mounts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit follows your existing factory pattern. Pop off the stock upper rack brackets, slide the new shelf brackets into place, and reseat the original bolts. Hand-tighten the supplied hardware until level, and your new staging deck is ready. No measuring tapes or power tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes the shelf ship with all required fasteners?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The package includes everything needed to replace your current upper rack brackets.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill this installation affect my grill doors opening fully?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The shelf attaches to the forward frame tube and leaves the main doors unobstructed.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I install this unit on my Woodwind 18 or XXL frames?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis exact bracket geometry fits only the Woodwind Pro 24, Woodwind 24, and Woodwind CL 24 models.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes the tilt feature stay locked during transport?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly lower the tilt bar when you park the grill. Always lay the shelf flat before loading or bumping stops.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs this kit endorsed or produced by Camp Chef?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is an independent aftermarket accessory built by Pimp My Grill. The manufacturer maintains no corporate affiliation with Camp Chef.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow do I keep the stainless surface clean between cooks?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse it with warm water and mild soap after seasoning sessions. Dry completely before folding down to prevent water spots.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Heavy-duty stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting Hardware: Included in packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible Models: Camp Chef Woodwind Pro 24, Woodwind 24, Woodwind CL 24\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing Origin: United States\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting Method: Replaces existing upper rack bracket bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded Items: Folding front shelf assembly and mounting kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366789424,"sku":"FS-CC-WP24","price":149.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Tactical-Front-Shelf-Woodwin-24-Material_1_bc3d58c6-6eb5-4920-8863-67ba468f72c1.png?v=1791893246"},{"product_id":"recteq-rt-700-rt-680-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-2-racks","title":"Recteq RT-700 \/ RT-680 | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System for RecTeq RT-700 \u0026amp; RT-680: Double Your Cooking Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Pimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System, engineered specifically for the RecTeq RT-700 and RT-680. This two-shelf setup transforms your standard pellet grill into a flexible cooking station. The lower grate handles direct heat while the upper shelf catches convection currents and smoke. You manage two distinct zones without constantly moving food around. Add this accessory to run larger batches and keep prep organized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-zone flexibility\u003c\/strong\u003e The bottom rack sears and roasts while the top shelf bakes or holds smoked items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-out convenience\u003c\/strong\u003e Pull the shelves closer to you so you never risk burning your hands reaching deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-free installation\u003c\/strong\u003e Lock the side brackets into place and slide the shelves onto the tracks in minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloor-spanning width\u003c\/strong\u003e Each tray covers the main cooking area to support large roasts or bulk side dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect-compatible fit\u003c\/strong\u003e Built exclusively for RecTeq platforms without altering or replacing your original firebox grates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBatch cooking holiday dinners with multiple protein trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold smoking cheese, nuts, or coffee beans on the upper tier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoasting whole birds or ham hocks while finishing salads nearby\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeams tracking consistent convection airflow for better bark formation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoiding deep reaches into active fire chambers during active cooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLine the lower tray with heavy-duty aluminum foil before loading wet marinated proteins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace moisture-sensitive ingredients on the upper shelf where gentle airflow dries surfaces evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun a wireless thermometer probe next to the top shelf to track indirect temperatures accurately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the sliding rails with a damp cloth monthly to maintain smooth movement during longer sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecTeq RT-700 and RT-680 owners expanding their vertical cooking footprint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekend pitmasters managing complex meal schedules on a single appliance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmoke enthusiasts wanting reliable air circulation above the primary fire zone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackyard hosts streamlining multitasking without purchasing a separate oven unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill these racks fit my current pellet grill?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, but they are machined exclusively for the RecTeq RT-700 and RT-680 models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDo I need to cut or drill anything during setup?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The system relies on locking side brackets and sliding the shelves directly into position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCan I install this on a competitor brand smoker?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Gen2 kit is built only for RecTeq dimensions and mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow do I secure the brackets to keep things steady?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the locks against the interior frame walls until they click, then slide each shelf forward until it rests flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShould I remove my original cast iron grates first?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can keep the factory grates installed. These racks slot around them to maximize usable space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Models:\u003c\/strong\u003e RecTeq RT-700 and RT-680\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRack Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 slide-out shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interlocking side brackets with slide rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCooking Layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upper shelf captures smoke and convection; lower shelf takes direct heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-modifying, bracket-lock design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manufactured by Pimp My Grill and independent of RecTec branding or distribution channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366756656,"sku":"RK2-RT-700","price":289.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/RecTeq_680_-_700_v2.png?v=1791893204"},{"product_id":"recteq-flagship-1100-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-1-rack","title":"Recteq Flagship 1100 | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 1 Rack","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System for RecTeq Flagship 1100\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System installs on the RecTeq Flagship 1100 and solves grill crowding without permanent changes. A two tier rack glides forward so you can flip or wrap meat safely. Heavy carbon steel grates hold steady heat and lay down consistent sear lines. Mounting brackets lock into place with pressure bolts in minutes. You lift the racks out fast whenever you need height for a whole turkey or large roast.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth slide-out design\u003c\/strong\u003e Moves the cooking surface away from your body for safer handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiamond grate surface\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates crisp sear marks and keeps heat steady between temperature checks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure bolt mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e Secures brackets firmly without cutting or drilling your grill frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick removal hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e Lets you clear vertical space instantly for towering proteins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbon steel build\u003c\/strong\u003e Resists warping under prolonged heat cycles and daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmerican made construction\u003c\/strong\u003e Built in the USA with tested hardware for long term reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecTeq Flagship 1100 owners expanding their cooking footprint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow and slow cooks managing pork shoulders or packer briskets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters who wrap or baste meat mid session frequently\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrillers upgrading worn factory grates with heavier gauge steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide both racks out halfway before wrapping foil to keep your hands clear of direct heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOvertighten the pressure bolts just until snug. Firm hand torque holds the system steady without stressing the frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace smaller cuts on the upper tier and larger roasts on the lower tier for balanced airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight oil coats the diamond pattern before each cook prevent tough fat deposits from setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave a finger width around the bracket edges during mounting so the lid shuts flush.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecTeq Flagship 1100 users feeling cramped on original grates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCookouts that regularly run multi tray loads of sausages or wings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKitchen staff who need to step back occasionally while flipping large batches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners looking for a warranty safe upgrade that does not alter the factory chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade specifically for the RecTeq Flagship 1100 pellet smoker platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance checked to operate safely beside standard electronics and auger routing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to improve natural convection without blocking primary exhaust pathways\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes adding the slide out rack change my target temperatures?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRaising food slightly lifts it into cleaner heat streams and often steadies your chamber average. Your digital board regulates normally because the system stays well clear of the fire pot and exhaust flow.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill the brackets touch the lid when it closes?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the mounting plates flush against the outer frame before tightening the bolts. Proper seat alignment leaves adequate clearance for smooth lid operation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I keep the racks mounted permanently?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Many users leave the slide out system attached for daily runs and remove it only for winter storage or transport.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDo I need special tools for installation?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard open end wrenches handle the pressure bolts quickly. Most installers finish the full setup in under ten minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow do I maintain carbon steel diamond grates?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScrub the surfaces while still warm after smoking. Apply a thin coat of cooking oil once they dry to keep the metal ready for your next cook.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Grill:\u003c\/strong\u003e RecTeq Flagship 1100\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two tier sliding mount with removal capability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy duty carbon steel framing with diamond pattern cooking grates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pressure bolt brackets requiring zero cutting or drilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Manufacture:\u003c\/strong\u003e United States\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e One complete slide out rack kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366723888,"sku":"RK1-RT-FS-1100","price":149.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Flagship_1100_Recteq_PMG_Gen2_Rack_System_-_1_Rack.png?v=1791893178"},{"product_id":"pit-boss-austin-xl-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-2-racks","title":"Pit Boss Austin XL | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePit Boss Austin XL Pimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks: Double Your Cooking Space Without Drilling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pit Boss Austin XL Pimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System adds more usable surface area while giving you safer, easier access to your food. Fixed factory grates often force you to reach into deep heat or cram large cuts together. These two heavy-duty carbon steel racks snap into your existing grill tracks to expand your cooking area by over a thousand square inches. You get better airflow, stronger convection smoke circulation, and room to sauce or flip meats right at the front edge where heat is manageable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned specifically for the Pit Boss Austin XL, the system attaches using patent-pending brackets that require zero drilling or permanent grill modifications. Each rack slides out smoothly on built-in tracks and lifts straight off instantly when you need extra vertical clearance for tall briskets or turkeys. You keep full bottom access for grease tray removal and firepot cleanouts without taking anything apart.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMassive Surface Area\u003c\/strong\u003e Get over 1,032 square inches across both levels so you can cook more sides at once or spread large roasts for even smoke exposure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe Front-Edge Access\u003c\/strong\u003e Pull the racks all the way out to sauce, wrap, or rotate proteins without burning your hands on superheated interior walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstant Height Clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e Remove either rack in seconds to fit taller cuts like whole turkeys or thick pork shoulders without wrestling them through narrow gaps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-In Safety Stops\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated stops keep food from sliding off while you pull the rack back toward the open lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnrestricted Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e Lifting the racks out clears your path to the grease tray and firepot for quick weekly scrubbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e Carbon steel grates hold up to long cooks, high heat, and daily load-outs without warping quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong smoke sessions requiring multiple trays of ribs or chicken thighs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHosting weekend dinners where you are juggling meats, vegetables, and baked beans simultaneously\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooking large family-sized turkeys, briskets, or butt pulls that outgrow standard single-grate setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePit Boss owners who want more stacking flexibility without voiding their warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackyard cooks practicing cold smoking techniques who need consistent airflow layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave the 3⅛ inch gap between the top and bottom racks intact during hot cooks to maintain strong convection circulation and prevent lower food from steaming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the top rack primarily for smaller items that need faster smoke penetration like thin steaks, fish fillets, or vegetable medleys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide racks out fully before flipping or basting instead of twisting metal grates halfway down, which saves time and keeps meat intact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush away loose ash and debris from the bracket tracks every few months so the slide-out motion stays smooth and quiet year-round.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad heavier proteins like pork butts onto the bottom rack to minimize rack sagging and keep the center of gravity stable during transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePit Boss Austin XL owners who hit capacity limits during larger gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome smokers tired of reaching blindly into deep, unevenly heated grills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetition teams running long shift cooks who need reliable multi-level staging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenters or deck residents modifying pellet grills who refuse to drill permanent holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekend warriors upgrading older factory grates without replacing their entire smoker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Compatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe system maps directly to the existing track slots on the Pit Boss Austin XL exterior frame. Top measurements sit at 30 3\/8 inches wide by 16 inches deep, while the bottom layer measures 30 3\/8 inches wide by 18 inches deep. The 5-inch clearance above the top rack gives you enough breathing room for fat drip and vapor flow before the dome closes. Because this kit uses the manufacturer’s original mounting points, you avoid custom welding or sealant application entirely.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCan I install these racks without drilling holes?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit uses the manufacturer’s existing track geometry and patent-pending brackets that bolt into place with standard tools. No cutting, drilling, or permanent alterations are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill installing the second rack block my grease tray or firepot?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Both racks simply lift vertically out of their tracks. You retain complete bottom access for routine scraping, grease bucket draining, and ash clearing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat size meats actually fit inside these layers?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bottom rack comfortably handles 12–14 pound pork butts or 15-pound turkeys when positioned correctly. The top rack works best for items under 5 pounds like spare ribs, chicken quarters, or large salmon fillets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes the gap between racks affect smoke flavor distribution?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fixed 3⅛ inch separation creates deliberate convection channels. Smoke travels upward evenly rather than stagnating, which improves bark development and eliminates cold spots typical of tightly stacked factory grates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAre these carbon steel racks prone to rust?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLike most premium grill surfaces, they perform best when seasoned properly after installation and lightly oil-coated before storage. Keep the interior dry during winter months to extend grate life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCan I buy just one rack or must I purchase both?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing includes the complete two-rack configuration needed to unlock full dual-layer functionality and maximum surface area expansion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill this work on models other than the Austin XL?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The bracket spacing and track geometry are custom-machined exclusively for the Pit Boss Austin XL body style.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pit Boss Austin XL pellet grill only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop Rack Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 3\/8 inches W × 16 inches D (486 sq in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Rack Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 3\/8 inches W × 18 inches D (546.75 sq in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Added Cooking Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,032.75 square inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRack Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3⅛ inches bottom-to-top; 5 inches top-to-dome\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty carbon steel grates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patent-pending slide bracket system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModifications Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None (no drilling or cutting)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 complete rack assemblies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366822192,"sku":"RK2-PB-AXL","price":289.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Flagship1100RecteqPMGGen2RackSystem-2Racks.png?v=1791893052"},{"product_id":"traeger-ironwood-xl-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-2-racks","title":"Traeger Ironwood XL | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTraeger Ironwood XL Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System (2 Racks)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System turns your Traeger Ironwood XL into a multi-level cooking platform. Purpose-built for this specific model, the setup adds over 1,000 square inches of usable floor space. You gain the room to stack proteins without cramping the main grill bed. Raising your meat higher naturally places it in the strongest convection currents. That direct airflow delivers deeper smoke rings, tighter bark, and more predictable temps throughout a long pull.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBigger batch capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you over 1,000 square inches of extra cooking surface for large groups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth slide-out rails\u003c\/strong\u003e hit a built-in safety stop so your food stays put while you probe or reorder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependent rack removal\u003c\/strong\u003e creates instant vertical clearance for whole turkeys, briskets, or tomahawk steaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-gauge steel walls\u003c\/strong\u003e brace the assembly tightly while acting as passive heat shields for the hopper side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo precision thumb screws\u003c\/strong\u003e lock the frame into the existing interior without a drill or permanent marks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatent-pending PMG design\u003c\/strong\u003e positions both levels parallel to guarantee even smoke exposure across every cut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHoliday feasts pulling multiple meats simultaneously\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetition teams balancing smoked proteins alongside side dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekend cooks juggling brisket, pork shoulder, and sausage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome pitmasters tracking convection airflow patterns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmokers who consistently face gridlock on single-level grates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the complete frame on your countertop before lowering it into the grill cavity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoosen the thumb screws to extract the entire unit when you need to vacuum the firepot or swap the grease trough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep a dry brush nearby to sweep wood dust off the guide tubes between cooks for friction-free gliding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave both racks installed during light smokes to capture rising thermal energy, then pull one away for thick cuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLine either shelf with aluminum foil or unbleached parchment if you anticipate heavy sugary marinades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraeger Ironwood XL owners who hit their maximum grate limits on busy Saturdays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters regularly cooking four or five batches back-to-back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooks replacing warped stock grates that no longer sit flat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvection-tuning enthusiasts who want precise height control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny user tired of guessing whether their smoker has enough physical real estate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes this adapter fit my current smoker?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis system is engineered exclusively for the Traeger Ironwood XL. It will not mount properly on standard Ironwood models, Timber series, or competitive Pellet Cooker lineups.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDo I need wrenches to bolt the shelves down?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You click the pre-assembled skeleton into the existing rail slots. Two thumb screws tighten the position in under a minute with bare hands.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow do I access the grease tray while the racks slide open?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBack off the thumb screws and lift the complete frame straight out. You clear unobstructed reach to the drip pan, hopper, and roller gasket assembly without taking apart any shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I run a full-size chicken breast on one shelf?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Slide and remove the lower or upper rack individually when vertical space gets tight. The mounting plate stays anchored so you only relocate the shelf you need.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill hot sauce or maple rubs gum up the sliding guides?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar-heavy glazes can leave residue over time. Wipe the steel tracks with a damp cloth right after the finish cools to keep the glide smooth and prevent sticking.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs the rack frame made domestically?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every bracket and wall undergoes US-based engineering and fabrication standards under the Pimp My Grill production line.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Traeger Ironwood XL exclusively\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdded cooking area:\u003c\/strong\u003e Over 1,000 square inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two independent slide-out racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-gauge freestanding steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two precision thumb screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered and built in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e Complete Gen2 rack assembly with safety-stop guide tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955366887728,"sku":"RK2-TR-IWXL","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Ironwood_XL_2_Rack_System.png?v=1791892950"},{"product_id":"recteq-rt-590-pimp-my-grill®-tactical-stainless-folding-front-shelf","title":"Recteq RT-590 | Pimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf for RecTec RT-590 | Add Workspace Without Drilling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis folding front shelf adds sturdy workspace to your older RecTec RT-590 smoker. You mount it quickly using the upper rack bracket bolts already on your unit. The design keeps your rubs and tools close without any permanent alterations to the octagon barrel.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-On Simplicity\u003c\/strong\u003e Skip the power tools. This shelf installs in minutes by reusing your existing bracket bolts and included hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTactical Folding Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e Flip the shelf up to save space. Stow it securely against the grill body when moving or parking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e Crafted from durable stainless steel for reliable performance. This American-made accessory withstands heat and daily grilling wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecTec RT-590 owners with the original octagon barrel configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShoppers seeking expandable prep area without drilling holes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetitive cooks who value fast setup and rugged gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble-check bolt alignment before fully tightening the hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFold the shelf upward during transport to prevent snagging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the stainless surface occasionally to preserve the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich RecTec model does this fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis shelf works with the older RT-590 possessing the original octagon-shaped barrel. It will not adapt to newer barrel profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs any drilling required?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo modifications are needed. You assemble the shelf using the upper rack bracket bolts already attached to your grill.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhere is this shelf manufactured?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shelf is constructed in the USA using heavy-duty materials.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes the kit include fasteners?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Your order arrives with the hardware needed to mount the brackets and attach the shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I use this on a gas version?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly apply this upgrade to the compatible RecTec RT-590 smoker platform. Verify your barrel shape matches the original octagon design.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pimp My Grill Folding Front Shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrill Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e RecTec RT-590 (Older Octagon Barrel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuild:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tactical Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Existing Upper Rack Bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e None Required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Folding Front Shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/strong\u003e American Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955367510320,"sku":"FS-RT-590","price":169.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/IMG-6344.png?v=1791892892"},{"product_id":"recteq-patio-legend-410-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-2-racks","title":"Recteq Patio Legend 410 | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System for Recteq Patio Legend 410: Add Two Extra Cooking Levels Without Voiding Your Warranty\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFill your smoker with more meat and side dishes without stacking food on top of each other. This two-rack system expands your cooking footprint and routes smoke evenly through every layer. You gain clear space to batch-cook large cuts, protect your grill’s factory covering, and tend meals without leaning over intense heat. The design mounts directly to your existing internal frame. No cutting or drills are needed, and your original warranty stays active.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStock-Friendly Mounting\u003c\/b\u003e Bolts onto factory holes so you skip permanent alterations entirely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSmooth Glide Access\u003c\/b\u003e Slides out completely so you can flip, probe, or baste without lifting the lid for long.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInstant Space Gain\u003c\/b\u003e Adds roughly 631 square inches of usable area for bigger weekend cooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBetter Smoke Contact\u003c\/b\u003e Lifts loaded pans into the strongest airflow zone for faster bark and tighter seasoning adhesion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDurable Carbon Steel Build\u003c\/b\u003e Thick metal with a raised diamond pattern resists warping and handles frequent scrubbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge family dinners and tailgates that require multiple protein trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong smoke runs where steady convection keeps temperatures locked in place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekend cooks juggling ribs, poultry, and vegetables simultaneously\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners checking for tool-free upgrade parts that preserve coverages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpray a light coat of cooking oil on the diamond plates before your first cook to help food release cleanly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition fatty cuts on the top rack so drippings season whatever sits below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull the rails just enough to grab tongs, then push back in quickly to trap smoke inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the racks down with warm water and a nylon brush immediately after cooling to prevent baked-on residue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatio Legend 410 users who consistently hit the ceiling of their base cooking grate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShoppers comparing accessory kits that prioritize straightforward bolt-ons and verified compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooks planning holiday spreads or competition practice batches that demand separate zones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomers safeguarding manufacturer protections while expanding everyday versatility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes installation change anything about my grill’s structure?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The brackets attach to existing mounting points without welding, cutting, or relocating internal components.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill using these racks affect my RecTec warranty?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt will not. Since the system avoids modified hardware or altered chassis pieces, your equipment remains covered under standard terms.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow much additional cooking space does the dual-rack set provide?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou gain approximately 631 square inches of total added surface across both slide-out levels.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat gauge or type of steel makes up these racks?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are constructed from heavy-gauge carbon steel featuring a textured diamond plate finish for heat retention and structural rigidity.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I mount just one of the racks independently?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Gen2 kit ships as a matched pair designed to work together. Single-rail configurations are not supported by the mounting layout.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eAre these racks intended for pellet grills beyond the Patio Legend 410?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis setup was engineered specifically for the RecTeq Patio Legend 410. Other models feature different fireboxes and internal brackets.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eName\u003c\/b\u003e Pimp My Grill Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System – 2 Racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible Equipment\u003c\/b\u003e RecTeq Patio Legend 410 Pellet Smoker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAdded Cooking Area\u003c\/b\u003e 631 square inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCore Material\u003c\/b\u003e Carbon steel with diamond plate surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMounting Requirements\u003c\/b\u003e Existing grill structure only; zero drilling or cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWarranty Status\u003c\/b\u003e Fully preserved\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMade In\u003c\/b\u003e United States of America\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955367674160,"sku":"RK2-RT-PL-410","price":259.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/RecTeq_Patio_Legend_410_-_2_Rack_System.png?v=1791892871"},{"product_id":"recteq-backyard-beast-1200-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-1-rack","title":"Recteq Backyard Beast 1200 | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 1 Rack","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System for RecTeq Backyard Beast 1200 – Top Rack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System adds 495 square inches of reliable cooking space to your RecTeq Backyard Beast 1200. This top tray sits high above the firebox, putting slower-cooking proteins into steady convection heat. A sliding front panel lets you pull racks outward before reaching inside any long session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt mounts using patent-pending pressure bolt brackets. You never need to drill holes or cut welding seams. Remove the entire tray in seconds when you need vertical clearance for towering pork shoulders or large turkey racks.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpanded grate real estate:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gain exactly 495 square inches of flat cooking surface for batch meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-out access:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glide racks toward the door before handling hot pans, which protects your hands from steam and splatter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbon steel build:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thick grates welded in a diamond pattern trap radiant heat and improve crust formation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-free mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pressure brackets clamp onto existing frame rails without permanent modifications or warranty risk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick removal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift the complete assembly off its hinges whenever you need taller interior clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrows with your grill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drop in a matching middle and bottom unit later for a full three-tier layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding distinct heat zones across two or three levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitness meal prepping with higher protein volumes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold smoking cheese, butter blocks, or nuts overhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters who rotate foods frequently during multi-hour holds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalanced fuel placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep lumps or pellets toward the rear edges. This directs heat evenly across the top grate instead of creating hot spots near the center.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeason before first use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rub a thin layer of cooking oil on the bare carbon steel, then run the smoker at four hundred degrees for twenty minutes. This prevents early flare-ups from raw metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintain airflow gaps:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leave at least one finger-width of space between each pack for consistent smoke circulation and uniform bark development.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePost-cook bolt check:\u003c\/strong\u003e Temperature changes expand metal slightly. Hand-tighten the pressure brackets once the chamber cools to zero motion during subsequent loads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackyard Beast 1200 owners adding a third cooking tier without factory permits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePellet smokers seeking deeper temperature stratification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge households managing dinner rushes or catering orders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetition crews staging separate temperature bands for brisket, ribs, and sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat Comes In The Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive one PMG Gen2 top slide-out rack built for the RecTeq Backyard Beast 1200. Factory-grade pressure mounting hardware is included for immediate bolt-on service.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill this fit on other RecTeq smoker sizes?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis assembly measures and mounts specifically for the Backyard Beast 1200 chassis. Thinner or wider RecTeq frames require different bracket profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow do I install the brackets safely?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the sliding rails with your existing side posts. Drop in the pressure bolts and hand-crank them snug. Test the full weight limit before loading food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes removing the rack change my smoker's idle temperature?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTaking it out simply increases internal volume. Your digital feed will stabilize quickly once you reload with food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs a middle rack available for this series?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePMG manufactures compatible middle and lower units that share the exact same pressure-mount platform. You can combine all three into a single modular system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should I store unused rails indoors?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the carbon steel dry in a garage or shed. Light machine oil wipes down the mounting pins to prevent winter humidity marks.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Cooker:\u003c\/strong\u003e RecTeq Backyard Beast 1200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top slide-out tray (single unit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrill Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e 495 square inches additional capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstructive Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty carbon steel diamond-weld grates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patent-pending pressure bolt brackets (drill-free)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 rack assembly with full mounting kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd flexible cooking tiers to your Beast today and unlock bigger batches, cleaner heat zoning, and a workspace that moves with your daily routines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955367706928,"sku":"RK1-RT-BB-1000","price":149.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Flagship1100RecteqPMGGen2RackSystem-1Rack.png?v=1791892852"},{"product_id":"traeger-ironwood-xl-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-rack-system-additional-rack","title":"Traeger Ironwood XL | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Rack System - Additional Rack","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTraeger Ironwood XL Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Rack System Additional Rack: Expand Your Smokehouse Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdd powerful surface space to your Ironwood XL setup with this additional rack designed specifically for the Traeger Ironwood XL.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis upgrade connects seamlessly to your existing Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Rack System, creating a taller stack that easily handles massive batches, keeping your favorite cuts separated and stable through the long smoke.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSignificant Space Expansion:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gain 514 square inches of extra cooking surface to run side dishes or hold finished meats while other proteins finish cooking inside the barrel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Fitment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Constructed exclusively for the Traeger Ironwood XL setup to ensure perfect alignment with your primary grates and frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEfficient Vertical Growth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attaches directly to your current stand, expanding downward reach without requiring floor space or purchasing an entirely separate unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Build Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered with trusted Pimp My Grill components to withstand years of outdoor use, intense heat buildup, and frequent transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScalable Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Instantly transition from simple weekend smokers to serious batch cooks whenever you need that extra vertical real estate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStraighter ribs stacked in full rows along the extended length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacon, sausages, and smaller sides during a main protein cook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhole turkeys or large pork shoulders requiring dedicated floor space away from the direct fire zone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding cooked brisket or pulled pork during resting stages to free up interior smokehouse room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetition line cooks where maximizing every square inch of shelf efficiency determines success.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVerify Your Base Unit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm you already own the RK1-TR-IWXL base stand before purchasing, as this item is an expansion piece rather than a complete system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStack Strategically:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place delicate items like cheese or thin meats on the uppermost rack, while reserving lower levels for heavier roasts to maintain center-of-gravity balance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRespect Airflow Loops:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prevent choking the smoke flow by not overfilling every available slot; leave gaps for heat to circulate around dense blocks of protein.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLock Pins Firmly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure the locking mechanisms engage fully before loading heavy weights to prevent accidental shifting or slippage during any travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIronwood XL owners who consistently run out of tray capacity when feeding crowds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters needing dedicated zones for desserts or non-meat items during a competition round.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome cooks managing multi-protein sessions that require simultaneous access to diverse cuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile catering operators looking to expand the volume they can haul behind their pickup truck in a single run.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I install this additional rack on my stock Traeger shelves?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this component is built strictly for the Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Rack System. It will not mount to standard wooden or wire shelves found on most pellet grills.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow much additional cooking space does this provide?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis single rack delivers 514 square inches of surface area, significantly increasing the total load your ironwood XL can handle at once.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs this rack sold as a standalone base system?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely not. This listing covers one replacement or addition rack only. You must have the foundational bottom truss and wheels to make it functional.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat part number identifies this component?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can reference the part number RK1-TR-IWXL when checking compatibility or searching inventory for your specific Traeger Ironwood XL.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill adding this extra rack void my grill warranty?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing third-party metal extensions generally does not affect the manufacturer's warranty on your grill mechanics, though modifications always fall under your responsibility if damage occurs from overloading.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Additional Rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Rack System for Traeger Ironwood XL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e PMG Gen2 Rack System Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdded Surface Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e 514 sq in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel Identifier:\u003c\/strong\u003e RK1-TR-IWXL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955367739696,"sku":"RK1-TR-IWXL","price":109.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/TRAEGER_IRONWOOD_780_1_Rack_v2_ecd4efce-f721-468d-a187-82c070deb19a.png?v=1791892842"},{"product_id":"recteq-rt-700-rt-680-pimp-my-grill®-tactical-stainless-folding-front-shelf","title":"Recteq RT-700 \/ RT-680 | Pimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf for RecTeq RT-700 \u0026amp; RT-680: Add Real Prep Space Without Drilling\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Pimp My Grill Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf gives your RecTeq RT-700 or RT-680 a serious work surface upgrade right away. You get a wider, deeper prep area that sits at a comfortable standing height instead of bending over every time you stage meat. The shelf mounts securely using your existing leg bolts, so you never have to cut or drill into your grill body. It folds up perfectly flat when you're done cooking, keeping your grill cover safe while adding room for tools, trays, and your afternoon drink.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNear 14-Inch Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e You get a massive landing zone at nearly 14 inches deep, making plenty of room for briskets, rub bins, and thermometer probes without food crowding the edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Standing Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e The shelf raises your workstation to 30 inches off the ground, which saves your back during long sessions compared to the standard 26-inch factory ledge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRust-Proof Build:\u003c\/strong\u003e Constructed from premium 304 stainless steel, the surface resists heat, moisture, and weather damage so it looks good year after year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount left or right storage trays with a beverage holder, add a utensil hanger, or install a paper towel holder with an easy-tear edge to organize your cook station.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZero-Drill Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket slides onto your pre-existing leg bolt holes for a tight fit that requires no special tools or permanent modifications to your grill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoldaway Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flip the shelf up when the cook is finished to store extra space, and enjoy the peace of mind knowing it won't block your grill cover when closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStaging multiple proteins during large family gatherings or holiday meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestoring grills that still have the thin, wobbly stock shelf attached.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooks who want to run a modular accessory system across their outdoor kitchen setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong smoke sessions where keeping knives, foil, and sauces on hand makes a difference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomizing your RecTeq workflow with external paper and tool holders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition Your Trays:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pick a side for your storage tray based on your throwing hand; mounting the beverage holder away from your grill handles prevents bumping them open.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatch Accessories to Menu:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you wrap most meats, load the paper towel or foil holder first; keep the utensil bar clear for tongs and forks during active flipping moments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure the Mount Early:\u003c\/strong\u003e Align the bracket with the leg bolts while the grill is cool; the slots usually take some initial patience to line up, but the result locks the shelf firmly in place once tightened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFold Before Transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always fold the front shelf upward whenever you move the RecTeq cart; the extended metal adds drag and can catch on doorways or uneven pavement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecTeq RT-700 and RT-680 owners who feel cramped by the original factory shelf width.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters upgrading their smoker setup to support external tool and paper holders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackyard cooks tired of setting up a separate table for staging ingredients and seasonings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers planning to expand their grill accessories later via the Pimp My Grill modular lineup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone looking for a durable, made-in-the-U.S.A. replacement that installs without modifying the frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for RecTeq RT-700 and RT-680 models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measures 33 7\/8 inches wide by 13 3\/4 inches deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tops out at 30 inches from the ground (compared to 26 inches stock).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty 304 stainless steel construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Installs via existing leg bolt locations; no drilling required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMovement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully folding design that clears space when stored.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible operation allows the grill cover to close over the unit when folded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill this shelf fit my RecTeq RT-680 or RT-700?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis front shelf is engineered specifically for the RecTeq RT-680 and RT-700 models.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDo I need to drill new holes to install this shelf?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the upgrade mounts directly to the existing leg bolt locations on your grill frame.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes the shelf interfere with the standard RecTeq cover?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shelf folds up completely when not in use, allowing you to slide your grill cover over the unit without obstruction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I attach Pimp My Grill accessories to this shelf?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Tactical design supports all PMG modular additions, including left or right storage trays, tool hangers, and paper towel dispensers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow much taller is this than the stock shelf?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis shelf sits 30 inches off the ground, giving you a 4-inch height increase over the approximate 26-inch factory shelf position.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs 304 stainless rust-resistant?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 304 grade stainless steel is designed to withstand outdoor moisture and grease spatter far better than standard grade metals.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow difficult is the assembly?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation takes minutes using the hardware you already have; simply align the brackets with the leg bolts and tighten for a solid hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955367772464,"sku":"FS-RT-RT700","price":198.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/TacticalStainlessFoldingFrontShelfforRecteqBackyardBeast1000_FlagshipXL1400_DualFire1200_10dd62c3-1c39-41b1-bc7a-cbca792ae7ae.png?v=1791892723"},{"product_id":"tactical-beer-storage-holder-left","title":"Tactical Beer \u0026 Storage Holder (Left)","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTactical Beer and Storage Holder (Left): Keep Drinks and Tools Within Easy Reach\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Tactical Beer and Storage Holder (Left) keeps your favorite beverage and essential cooking tools inside immediate working distance. This accessory mounts directly to the left side of your grill frame or camp cart, freeing up cramped tabletops. You stop balancing cold cans against hot surfaces or juggling tongs between your knees. Every critical item stays organized right where your left hand naturally rests during active sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for the Left Side\u003c\/strong\u003e Aligns perfectly with standard tactical cooking setups without blocking airflow or control knobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeverage Upright Slot\u003c\/strong\u003e Secures cans or bottled drinks so they never tip over near charcoal grease or open flames.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat Storage Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e Gives spices, thermometers, and spatulas a dry resting spot away from wet camp blankets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLock-In Mounting Points\u003c\/strong\u003e Tightens securely to reduce vibration noise during transport or windy tailgate days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Release Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e Slides onto compatible frames in minutes without specialized hardware or cross-threading struggles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVintage-style portable smokers and tactical barrel rigs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailgates where folding tables run out of edge space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCamping expeditions requiring lightweight cooking centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong fire management sessions needing constant tool access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetitive practice runs counting steps between fridge and grate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eSlide the holder onto your frame before lighting the fire. Pre-loading seasonings and instant-read thermometers prevents mid-cook scrambling. Leave the mounting screws slightly loose during alignment, then tighten evenly once the bracket sits flush. Rinse with fresh water after salty tailgate meals to protect the base coating. Store the bracket indoors during harsh winter months to extend service life.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePellet and offset smoker owners managing tight side shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackyard pitmasters tired of spilled beer during searing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverlanding crews packing compact mobile kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetition crews tracking precise workflow distances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eA few common questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes this come pre-assembled?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive the main bracket, mounting brackets, and fastening hardware ready to attach to your chosen grill frame. No complex assembly or welding is required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill it work on a round kettle grill?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model targets rectangular tactical frames and cart edges. Round kettle rims lack the flat mounting wall needed for secure attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow much weight does the tray support?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flat shelf comfortably holds condiment jars, digital thermometers, and small cutting boards typical of everyday grilling routines.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I flip it to the right side?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit includes left-specific mounting patterns and a curved cradle shape. Swapping sides may reduce stability and change beverage tilt angles.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat finish protects the exposed metal?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe steel receives a baked-on powder coat suited for outdoor heat exposure. Occasional touch-ups restore original color after heavy soot accumulation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Orientation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Left-side configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary Function:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beverage cradle and flat tool shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Frames:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard tactical grill and cart rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastener Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included bolts and locking hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat-resistant powder coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955367838000,"sku":"TBSH-L-1","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Left_Side_Beer_and_Storage_Holder.png?v=1791892714"},{"product_id":"traeger-pro-34-pimp-my-grill®-tactical-stainless-folding-front-shelf","title":"Traeger Pro 34 | Pimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf for Traeger Pro 34\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Pimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf adds a heavy-duty workspace to your Traeger Pro 34. Your stock shelf often runs out of room when packing charcoal, meat bags, and tools for the day. This upgraded unit offers a spacious 13 ¾-inch deep surface that keeps your essentials organized and ready.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe built this shelf from thick 304 stainless steel to survive daily exposure to heat and weather. The surface folds flat against the firebox when you need extra clearance for carrying long cuts of meat. The quick bolt-on design replaces your current shelf in minutes without requiring any drilling or permanent modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eGenerous Work Surface:\u003c\/b\u003eThe 13 ¾-inch depth provides ample room for cutting boards, plates, and fuel containers that would otherwise tip off smaller factory shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAmerican-Made Build Quality:\u003c\/b\u003eCrafted from premium 304 stainless steel by US manufacturers, offering superior strength and rust resistance compared to standard thin alloys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTool-Ready Compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003eCreate a custom staging area by adding compatible side utensil hangers to keep your tongs and forks close at hand during slow cooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEffortless Bolt-On Install:\u003c\/b\u003eUses the existing screw slots on your Traeger Pro 34 front mount. You get straightforward assembly using the included hardware without messing with power tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFold-Down Convenience:\u003c\/b\u003eFlip the sturdy shelf downward whenever you need more walking space or just want to keep the front clear while loading heavy items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTactical Storage Options:\u003c\/b\u003eTailor the setup with available side storage trays and dedicated paper towel or foil dispensers for maximum workflow efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest On Or Best For\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDetailed Prep Work:\u003c\/b\u003eHolding knives, boards, and trimmed scraps near your primary cooking zone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eServing Placements:\u003c\/b\u003eDistributing finished brisket, ribs, or chicken onto warm plates while standing at the grill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFuel Management:\u003c\/b\u003eProviding a secure location for chunks of hardwood smoke fuel or bagged pellets that can be reached without kneeling down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTool Organization:\u003c\/b\u003eMaintaining immediate access to grilling gear through added hangers and side-mounted containers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSecure Before Service:\u003c\/b\u003eDouble-check that all mounting bolts are tight after the first few uses to prevent loosening from vibration and thermal expansion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePlan Accessory Fits:\u003c\/b\u003eKeep a look out for specialized scrap bins or ash collectors designed for this rail system to enhance your cleanup process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/b\u003eWipe down the stainless steel surface frequently with a soft damp cloth to remove grease splatter and seasoning residue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRespect Weight Limits:\u003c\/b\u003eWhile built for strength, avoid placing extremely heavy objects like large propane tank exchanges entirely on the extended lip to leverage proper support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTraeger Pro 34 Owners:\u003c\/b\u003eGrillmasters seeking a sturdier upgrade because the stock plastic or lighter metal shelf flexes too much or feels insufficient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCustomization Fans:\u003c\/b\u003eUsers who enjoy building functional setups with modular tools, drink holders, and tactical mounts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBackyard Caterers:\u003c\/b\u003eCooks hosting parties who need to stage food and dishes efficiently without retreating to an indoor kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e304 Heavy-Duty Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible Model:\u003c\/b\u003eTraeger Pro 34\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eShelf Depth:\u003c\/b\u003e13 ¾ Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFinish:\u003c\/b\u003eSmooth Polished Stainless\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eManufacturing:\u003c\/b\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/b\u003eBolt-On (Existing Rails)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes this front shelf fit other Traeger models?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis specific unit is engineered exclusively for the Traeger Pro 34. Railing spacing differs across other models like the Ironwood or Titan, so verify your model number before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDo I need to drill holes into my grill?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo drilling is required. The shelf slides into the factory pre-drilled mounting points on your grill's front bar. Just align the slots and tighten the bolts provided.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I hang my utensils or store drinks on the shelf?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shelf is built to support tactical add-ons. You can attach various side-hung containers, utensil racks, and cup holders to maximize organization and utility.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs the stainless steel material resistant to rust?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 304 grade steel used in this shelf is highly resistant to corrosion and rust, making it suitable for long-term outdoor backyard grilling environments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow does the shelf attach to the rail?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt mounts directly via existing screws or bolts found at the front of your Traeger Pro 34. The system relies on robust mechanical fastening rather than adhesive pads, ensuring stability under load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955367870768,"sku":"TFS-TR-34","price":169.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Tactical_Stainless_Folding_Front_Shelf_for_RecTeq_Deck_Boss_590_a9197461-aabd-44c9-9254-3bd2094a58f4.png?v=1791892667"},{"product_id":"recteq-dualfire-1200-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-slide-out-rack-system-2-racks","title":"Recteq DualFire 1200 | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System - 2 Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRecteq DualFire 1200 Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System – 2 Racks: Expand Your Cooking Space Without Drilling\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Slide-Out Rack System for the Recteq DualFire 1200 adds massive cooking capacity while keeping your grill modifications strictly tool-free.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging large batches often means crowding the main grates. This 2-rack system installs the middle and bottom levels, giving you over 1,160 square inches of extra room. You can zone your cook, keep ribs away from direct heat, or load up on snacks during events.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe slide-out rails let you pull racks forward without reaching deep into hot coals. Heavy-duty carbon steel holds dense loads, and the diamond texture promotes airflow for better flavor on every cut.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat Makes This Worth Adding\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOver 1,160 Sq Inches of Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two added racks provide more than 1,160 square inches of removable cooking area for big pulls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-Out Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rails guide shelves smoothly toward the door. Grab skewers, sides, or small packs without risking burns in tight spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZero Drilling Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e The PMG pressure bolt system locks mounts securely without cutting wood panels or drilling screw holes in your DualFire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable Racks for Tall Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any shelf pops out the moment you need vertical clearance for whole turkeys, rib roasts, or layered briskets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiamond Pattern Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raised ridges on the carbon steel grids create distinct sear marks and channel smoke around your meat for even coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Expansion:\u003c\/strong\u003e Start with the middle and bottom rails now, then add the top rack later. The system grows exactly how you want it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built domestically with thick steel designed to withstand years of outdoor cooking cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIdeal Uses for the DualFire 1200\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Zone Smoking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assign dedicated levels to different meats. Put tough brisket on one rail and delicates like fish or vegetables on another.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Practice:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simulate contest conditions by staging two full pans of sides or rubs simultaneously on the slide-out tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Batch Hosting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fill the entire width of your grill with burgers, brats, and corn when feeding a crowd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport Organization:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use empty rack slots to lock in cleaning brushes, thermometers, or spare parts during travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrime Before First Smoke:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe new racks with warm soapy water to remove shipping oil. Coat lightly with high-smoke-point oil before lighting your grill for the first time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlign Grooves for Drainage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rotate the diamond plates so the raised valleys point away from your burn pot. This guides grease and juice safely off the rails instead of pooling in crevices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide Slow Under Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pull shelves gently when loaded with heavy cuts. Keeping the movement steady protects the rail mechanism and ensures smooth extension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck Rim Clearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Remove any loose accessories from the main grate edge before unloading slides. Items left on the rim can block racks from rolling out fully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Upgrade?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDualFire 1200 Owners With Big Appetites:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooks who regularly smoke 20-pound shoulders or batch-grill dozens of burgers consistently outgrow the primary grate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRack Enthusiasts Wanting Flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smokers who value the ability to swap shelves out instantly when switching between flat smoked slabs and tall rotisserie-style setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-Mod Builders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enthusiasts upgrading their DualFire who refuse to alter the original factory frame or void warranty by adding unauthorized hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePIMP MY GRILL Collectors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Owners building out a matching stack who currently lack the middle and bottom tier and need this foundation to join the top shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBuilding Your Rack Stack\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis package delivers the middle and bottom configurations. The pressure bolts attach to the same bracket points used throughout the line, ensuring a seamless look. If you eventually want maximum capacity, search for the top rack addition to complete the trio. Mixing levels lets you tailor rack positions to your specific grill layout.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes this rack pair fit my Recteq DualFire 1200?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. These sliding systems are dimension-matched exclusively for the DualFire 1200 interior geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDo I need a drill or wrench to install these?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The kit uses a patented pressure bolt method. You simply push the mount into place until it locks firmly against the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill the slide-outs support a full pan of ribs comfortably?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The carbon steel welds and reinforced tracks are designed for heavy restaurant-style loads. Just extend the rails steadily.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I keep just the middle rack and remove the bottom?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach shelf operates independently. Unclip the bottom rack whenever you need open floor space underneath, and vice versa.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy choose carbon steel over stainless?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbon steel retains heat efficiently and seasons quickly. Many smokers prefer its durability and superior sear performance once the black build-up matures.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhere are these PMG racks manufactured?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePimp My Grill manufactures these slide-out components in the United States using domestic steel resources.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recteq DualFire 1200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Middle Rack, Bottom Rack, Slide Mechanism, Mounting Brackets, Pressure Bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carbon Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrid Pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Diamond Surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Over 1,160 Square Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tool-Free Pressure Bolt System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front-Slide Withdrawal \/ Instant Removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade Path:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports additional Top Rack for full 3-level setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955367903536,"sku":"RK2-RT-DF-120","price":279.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Flagship1100RecteqPMGGen2RackSystem-2Racks_59afe678-4104-408f-9410-90486cd1ec2f.png?v=1791892665"},{"product_id":"recteq-patio-legend-410-pimp-my-grill®-tactical-stainless-folding-front-shelf","title":"Recteq Patio Legend 410 | Pimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Steel Folding Front Shelf for RecTeq Patio Legend 410 – Add Dedicated Prep Space Wherever You Cook\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Steel Folding Front Shelf for RecTeq Patio Legend 410 adds a steady spot to load dry rubs, store bulky paper supplies, and stage wrapped meats. The fold-flat design keeps your outdoor kitchen neatly organized while you focus on temperature control.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-Hand Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003eFolds smoothly up and down so you can grab ingredients without breaking a sweat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrill Cover-Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stays perfectly flush when lowered, meaning you never have to remove your premium vinyl cover again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable, Weather-Resistant Build:\u003c\/strong\u003eCrafted from thick stainless steel that handles smoke, rain, and everyday grilling stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZero-Drill Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003eAttaches straight to your existing factory leg bolts. Skip the messy modifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds Supplies Neatly:\u003c\/strong\u003eWorks seamlessly alongside the Pimp My Grill paper towel and butcher paper dispenser to keep your station tidy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest On And Best For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong smoke sessions that require frequent meat wraps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBatch cooks who need constant access to butcher paper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor kitchens where keeping the grill cover installed between sessions matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrill owners wanting a serious structural upgrade for the Patio Legend 410.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrep everything before lighting your fuel so you never drop heat while grabbing rubs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTuck loose paper rolls tight with rubber bands so breezy days stay safe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the steel surface clean after each session to prevent grease buildup and keep it shining.]\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace lighter seasoning containers toward the inside edge to utilize the flat surface efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecTeq Patio Legend 410 owners who want better organization near their firebox.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrillers who wrap meats often and hate walking back to the house.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor chefs who refuse to remove their grill covers mid-cook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY enthusiasts looking for a sturdy, tool-free accessory that actually fits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003ci\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/i\u003eAlways consult your manual for warranty coverage.\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs This Bracket Compatible With Other RecTeq Grills?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This bracket is engineered specifically for the Patio Legend 410. It will not mount correctly on other models.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow Do I Attach It To The Grill?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou install it using the existing leg holes on your unit. There is no need to drill new holes or cut wood plates.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes The Shelf Support Heavy Loads?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe steel frame provides a stable surface. You can safely set bags of charcoal, seasoning bottles, or stacks of wraps on it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat If The Rain Gets Strong Outdoors?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe foldable design lets you lower the flat surface easily when storms roll in or when the wind picks up.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I Keep The Grill Cover On While Cooking?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The one-handed folding mechanism allows you to leave the cover completely intact while the shelf is upright.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Models:\u003c\/strong\u003eRecTeq Patio Legend 410 only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003eTactical 304 stainless steel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Method:\u003c\/strong\u003eMounts to existing factory leg bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003eManual one-hand lifting and lowering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003eMounting hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eLooking for more upgrades for your grill?\u003c\/b\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ddrbbqsupply.com\/collections\/recteq\"\u003eShop the full Recteq accessories collection here.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955367936304,"sku":"FS-RT-PL410","price":169.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Tactical_Stainless_Folding_Front_Shelf_for_RecTeq_Patio_Legend_410.png?v=1791892573"},{"product_id":"traeger-pro-22-pro-575-redland-ironwood-650-pimp-my-grill®-tactical-stainless-folding-front-shelf","title":"Traeger Pro 22 \/ Pro 575 \/ Redland \/ Ironwood 650 | Pimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTraeger Pro 22 \/ Pro 575 \/ Redland \/ Ironwood 650 Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf: Add Deep Prep Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf transforms your standard Traeger into a fully stocked cooking station. You get thirteen and three-quarters inches of sturdy work surface exactly where you need it. Grade 304 stainless steel handles grease and heat daily. The polished surface wipes clean without staining. The frame folds outward for active prep and rests flush against the body otherwise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRelying on a separate patio table clutters your workflow. This bracket keeps spice tubs and digital readers attached to the grill. You can clip tool hooks and a paper holder right to the base. Your hands stay free during low-temperature smokes or high-heat sears.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty 304 Stainless Steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resists rust while wiping clean after messy cooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous 13 ¾-Inch Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds large cutting boards and multiple spice containers securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory Channel Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slides over existing brackets for instant stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Utility Trays:\u003c\/strong\u003e Accept optional left and right storage bins with built-in drink spots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide-Loading Tool Hooks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep tongs and meat forks off the ground and ready to grab.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePull Paper Holder:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes an easy tear-off sleeve for fast liner swaps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware Ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ships with complete bolts, washers, and mounting nuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong brisket sits requiring constant trimming and rest time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekend batch cooks managing pulled pork and pork shoulders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackyard gatherings keeping drinks and sides near the firebox\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHoliday meal prep demanding steady sauce stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact patios needing integrated countertop space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount Before Lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slide the frame onto the smoker before starting the fire. Warm metal helps the brackets settle tightly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet Up Your Dominant Side:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attach the main tray and hook system to your preferred working side for smoother transitions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLine the Peel Sleeve Early:\u003c\/strong\u003e Load aluminum foil or parchment into the tear-off tube before attaching it. This saves liner changes mid-rapid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWipe While Warm:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean stainless steel residue while the shelf retains cooking heat. Cold grease hardens faster and leaves streaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Flat for Hauls:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lock the central hinge completely before loading the grill into a bed. Flattened frames eliminate rattling during transit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraeger owners running multi-tray cooks who constantly step away from tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters preferring fixed workstations over rolling kitchen carts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry-rub chefs needing steady space for seasoning shakers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCookout hosts managing multiple meat types and serving platters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGear trailers maximizing minimal deck square footage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow It Fits Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bracket system targets four specific Traeger lines. It bridges the hopper shield and bottom skirt to stabilize weight reliably. Factory channels absorb the load completely. Your manufacturer warranty stays untouched.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes this shelf attach to every Traeger model?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It fits only the Traeger Pro 22, Pro 575, Redland, and Ironwood 650. Other pellet units use different chassis dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDo I need power tools for assembly?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou only need a standard wrench or socket set. All nuts and bolts arrive threaded and ready for torque.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill the frame support heavy cast iron skillets?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can handle substantial weight when centered near the grill body. The deep stainless tray distributes mass evenly across the mounting rails.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I add the drink and tool accessories later?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The frame includes threaded inserts for optional utility trays. Each bin adds a molded cup ring plus secure sliding hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat is the recommended cleaning method?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse with warm water and mild dish soap. Use soft cloths to avoid scratches. Dry thoroughly to prevent water spots.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs the unit permanently locked to the smoker?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The center hinge lets you swing it outward and fold it flush instantly. A simple safety latch holds the chosen position.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Models:\u003c\/strong\u003e Traeger Pro 22, Pro 575, Pellet Redland, Ironwood 650\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWork Surface Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 ¾ inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grade 304 Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bolt-on factory channel system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Install Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Main folding shelf, complete hardware kit, side tray slots, peel holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly Needed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Zero cutting or drilling required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955367969072,"sku":"TFS-TR-22-575-650-RDLN-1","price":149.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Tactical-Front-Shelf-Woodwin-24-Material_1_308be5ea-e633-4d84-8a43-d680257e4d48.png?v=1791892544"},{"product_id":"towel-bar-for-18-rolls-or-smaller","title":"Towel Bar for 18\" Rolls or Smaller","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTowel Bar for 18\" Rolls or Smaller: Keep Your Surfaces Tidy Always\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse the Towel Bar for 18\" Rolls or Smaller to organize your kitchen or bathroom surfaces quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIt solves the mess of stacked rolls by offering a dedicated stand that keeps everything upright and close at hand.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eI designed this space-saving fixture to hold standard and large rolls—measuring up to 18 inches—without creating unstable stacks.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing paper sold separately allows you to choose the exact sheets that fit your household needs.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSpace Saving:\u003c\/b\u003e Clears off valuable countertop real estate by moving bulky rolls off flat surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSecure Fit:\u003c\/b\u003e Accommodates rolls up to 18 inches wide to keep your favorite brands safely in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEasy Access:\u003c\/b\u003e Lets you grab and tear sheets immediately without digging through a messy drawer or cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEveryday Durability:\u003c\/b\u003e Provides a steady base that prevents sheets from tipping over or toppling off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVersatile Storage:\u003c\/b\u003e Pairs perfectly with paper towels, kitchen cloths, or bathroom essentials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eClean Lines:\u003c\/b\u003e Maintains a sharp look that blends seamlessly into existing décor styles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCustomizable Options:\u003c\/b\u003e Gives you total freedom to pick the sheets or towels you actually enjoy using.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKitchen organization and pantry efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding standard commercial or residential paper towels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBathroom counters that need decluttering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall apartments maximizing every square foot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFamilies managing daily cooking and cleaning tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eCenter the roll on the bar to distribute weight evenly and prevent tilting.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCheck the dimensions of your rolls before purchase to confirm they meet the 18-inch requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGroup your sheets by brand or type, making the weekly refill process much simpler.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePosition the bar nearby high-traffic sinks for the most convenient tear-off experience.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWipe the area down occasionally to remove dust and keep your paper products pristine.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePantry organizers who prefer vertical storage for bulky items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHomeowners looking for a functional way to stop countertop pile-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenters who need immediate improvements without remodeling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEco-conscious shoppers who wash and reuse fabric towel rolls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone tired of fumbling through open packages or messy drawers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan this bar hold massive industrial rolls?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bar is built to accept rolls measuring 18 inches or smaller, meaning huge specialty rolls may require a different stand.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDo I need to buy special hooks to use this?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this is an independent station designed to simply hold your rolls in upright formation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs this meant for paper goods only?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile often used for paper towels, you can also hang kitchen rags or bathroom sheets to keep them handy.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill the bar get damaged if I leave rolls on it?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeave your rolls on the bar until you use them; it is made to keep them upright and stable over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow do I pair this with my pantry decor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect rolls with attractive packaging since the bar displays them openly rather than hiding them inside a cupboard.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat should I do if my roll is slightly wider than expected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStrictly measure your rolls first to stay within the 18-inch limit and prevent frustration during loading.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoll Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Accepts rolls up to 18 inches in size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Paper sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955368001840,"sku":"Towel-Bar","price":36.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Towel_Rack.png?v=1791892521"},{"product_id":"traeger-ironwood-650-redland-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-rack-system-additional-rack","title":"Traeger Ironwood 650 \/ Redland | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Rack System - Additional Rack","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTraeger Ironwood 650 \/ Redland Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Additional Rack: Expand Your Cook Floor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Traeger Ironwood 650 \/ Redland Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Additional Rack gives you immediate extra room when your grill hits capacity. Instead of trimming menus or swapping trays mid-cook, you simply slide this rail into your existing mounting system. It installs directly onto the PMG Gen2 Rack System and adds 363 square inches of flat cooking surface. You handle larger batches, run multiple proteins simultaneously, and keep your workflow moving smoothly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpands Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gains 363 square inches of dedicated grilling real estate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Mount Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aligns perfectly with the official PMG Gen2 Rack System rails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreamlined Service:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides easy front-and-center access to food without crawling over your smoker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner Layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps raw ingredients, hot meats, and resting zones visibly separated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTiered Cooking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lets you smoke lighter items higher up while heavier cuts rest below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrusted Build:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fabricated from heavy-gauge material built to handle high outdoor temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\nli\u0026gt;Batch smoking whole pack briskets alongside pork shoulders\n\u003cli\u003eHosting weekend cookouts that exceed standard shelf space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRunning parallel trays of sausage ribs and chicken thighs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeal prep sessions requiring consistent low-and-slow heat across multiple layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the extra rail near the front of your system for quick visual checks on food progression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the smoker to fully preheat with all levels loaded before placing any product inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave at least one inch of clearance between foods on each shelf to preserve airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitor your internal probe temperatures closely, since elevated trays often run slightly cooler.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe down the rack after every session to clear excess fat and prevent crust buildup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners of the Traeger Ironwood 650 or Redline who consistently max out their cook chambers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters running tight competition schedules who cannot afford lost floor space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome caterers managing multi-protein menus on a single pellet grill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting Gen2 users seeking expansion without purchasing entirely new smoker hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the standard base rack or an expansion piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing contains the additional rack only, designed to build out an already installed Gen2 framework.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes it lock onto first-generation Pimp My Grill rails?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The mounting brackets are sized exclusively for the upgraded Gen2 system tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill this drop directly into my smoker without modifications?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. You simply align the side tabs with your existing rails and secure them in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow much weight can this extra shelf safely hold?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe frame supports standard stainless steel trays and cast iron skillets during normal outdoor operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCan I reorder just this rail if one wears out?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrdering this part number replaces the missing tier and restores your intended tray count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Rack System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrill Models:\u003c\/strong\u003e Traeger Ironwood 650 and Redline\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdded Cooking Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e 363 square inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 additional sliding rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e RK2-TR-650\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955368034608,"sku":"RK1-TR-650","price":109.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/TRAEGER_IRONWOOD_780_1_Rack_v2_00fef601-d2dc-41df-aa8b-c3f7897afbbd.png?v=1791892511"},{"product_id":"traeger-pro-780-ironwood-885-pimp-my-grill®-tactical-stainless-folding-front-shelf","title":"Traeger Pro 780 \/ Ironwood 885 | Pimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf for Traeger Pro 780 \u0026amp; Ironwood 885\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your smoker with the Pimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf. It gives you a larger, more durable surface to prep food and organize tools. Constructed from top-quality 304 heavy-duty stainless steel, this shelf handles your grilling essentials with ease. At 13 ¾ inches deep, you get significantly more workspace than the stock shelf offers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBold American Engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e It is proudly made in the USA, ensuring exceptional durability for years of hard-use grilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTactical Storage Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add left-hand and right-hand storage trays with built-in beer cup holders to keep drinks close at hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArm’s Reach Organization:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount utensil hangers on both sides so your spatula and tongs stay within easy reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreamlined Workflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap on a paper towel, butcher paper, or foil holder with a tear-off feature for quick cleanup access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e It bolts directly to existing mounting points, requiring no cutting or drilling, letting you start cooking in five minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepping large batches of rubs and marinades on your grill counter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding plates, cutlery, and beverage coolers during active cooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganizing thermometers, forks, and knives near the grill door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeper setups needing extra storage for paper towels and heavy foil rolls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Your Load:\u003c\/strong\u003e The maximum recommended weight is 40 lbs to keep the folding mechanism stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevel Ground Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always operate your grill on level ground to maintain proper airflow and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan Your Mod Layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e Map out exactly where your favorite tongs, cups, and papers go before you finalize your setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraeger Pro 780 and Ironwood 885 owners who feel cramped by the standard front shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCasual cooks wanting convenient access to beverages and side dishes without leaving their cooking zone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTactical gear enthusiasts seeking rugged, customizable outdoor setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Top-quality 304 heavy-duty stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 13 ¾ inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel Compatibility: Traeger Pro 780, Ironwood 885\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly Origin: Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax Weight Capacity: 40 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation Time: Approximately 5 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955368067376,"sku":"TFS-TR-780-885","price":169.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Tactical_Stainless_Folding_Front_Shelf_for_RecTeq_Deck_Boss_590_0ee86293-36d3-4cbb-bb23-01f6eeda033b.png?v=1791892475"},{"product_id":"traeger-pro-575-pro-22-redland-ironwood-650-pimp-my-grill®-bodyguard-stainless-steel-grease-paint-protector","title":"Traeger Pro 575 \/ Pro 22 \/ Redland \/ Ironwood 650 | Pimp My Grill® Bodyguard Stainless Steel Grease \u0026 Paint Protector","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill® Bodyguard Stainless Steel Grease \u0026amp; Paint Protector for Traeger Pellet Grills\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Pimp My Grill® Bodyguard Stainless Steel Grease \u0026amp; Paint Protector keeps your Traeger’s front finish clean during long outdoor cooking sessions. Grease, sauce, and meat juices naturally run down the faceplate when you roast brisket, pork shoulder, or rib racks. Left unchecked, those drippings dry into a stubborn film that stains paint and accelerates corrosion. This stainless steel shield slides under the inner lid lip and covers roughly six inches of exposed metal along the belly. It secures in seconds, survives high heat, and wipes away quickly once the grill cools. You protect your investment without altering airflow or blocking controls.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrip Blocking\u003c\/strong\u003e Covers the painted faceplate so salt, fat, and acids never stain the exterior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Placement\u003c\/strong\u003e Slides under the inner rim without drilling, cutting, or brackets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDishwasher Friendly\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds up to standard wash cycles after heavy cooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmoke Seal Help\u003c\/strong\u003e Fills the front belly seam gap to reduce visible escaping fumes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e Leaves room for factory replacement shelves and tactical folding units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e Stays firmly positioned yet lifts off instantly when cleaning time arrives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-hour smoker runs that push steady moisture and heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFatty cuts like point roasts, spareribs, and whole poultry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatio setups where exterior appearance matters for resale or pride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooks who apply heavy rubs, marinades, or finishing glazes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraeger owners wanting a tool-free protective upgrade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the inner lid seam dry before mounting the guard so it seats evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun coolant periods between batches to let grease solidify for faster wiping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCombine this shield with a premium lid gasket for maximum smoke retention across both seams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the underside weekly if you frequently cook with sugary sauces that burn dark.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift gently from the back edge near the hinge area to avoid bending the metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraeger Pro 575, Pro 22, Redland, and Ironwood 650 owners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetition teams protecting equipment between event legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekend hunters and pitmasters extending grill lifespan outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners of Century 22, Mesa 22, select Lil Tex, and Eastwood pellet models seeking equivalent coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes this fit my exact pellet grill model?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe protector ships sized specifically for the Traeger Pro 575, Pro 22, Redland, and Ironwood 650. Select Century, Mesa, Lil Tex, and Eastwood pellet grills share compatible framing dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill it block or raise an existing front shelf?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The geometry maintains necessary clearance for OEM shelves and the Pimp My Grill tactical folding stainless unit.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow do I remove it safely for washing?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLift the rear edge tucked under the lid lip and pull downward. The plate releases cleanly without forcing or twisting.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs this rated for direct flame contact?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guard sits outside the fire pot and baffle system. It handles radiant heat and steam but never contacts active flames.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCould installing this change my target cooking temperature?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shield sits flush against the outer shell. It redirects minor drafts inward, which usually stabilizes readings rather than shifting them.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat maintenance schedule keeps it performing well?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse after cooling, scrub baked residue with a non-abrasive pad monthly, and run through the dishwasher periodically for deep cleanup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction Material\u003c\/strong\u003e Corrosion-resistant stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount Position\u003c\/strong\u003e Slides beneath inner lid lip, drapes approximately six inches down the front belly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly Requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e Zero tools, zero drilling, zero cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e Traeger Pro 575, Pro 22, Redland, Ironwood 650\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e Century 22, Mesa 22, Lil Tex 22, Lil Tex Bronze, Lil Tex Blue, Eastwood TFB42LZB, BBQ07E series, BBQ07C series, TFB57PZB, BBQ070, TFB57PUB\/ZB, TFB42DVBO, TFB42PLF, TFB42PLFC, BBQ124\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand rinse, dishwashing safe, non-abrasive cleaner recommended for heavy seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955368100144,"sku":"BG-TGR-P22-P575","price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Pro_575___Pro_22.png?v=1791892400"},{"product_id":"traeger-ironwood-xl-pimp-my-grill®-tactical-stainless-folding-front-shelf","title":"Traeger Ironwood XL | Pimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf for Traeger Ironwood XL\u003c\/h2\u003e Add essential prep space and instant organization to your smoker with the Pimp My Grill Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf. This durable accessory mounts directly to your Traeger Ironwood XL's front rail system to give you a reliable landing zone for trimming meat, resting brisket, and staging tools. Unlike standard shelves that collect grease or warp under heat, the heavy-duty 304 stainless steel construction stands up to a lifetime of hard cooks. With nearly 14 inches of usable depth, you get true workspace rather than a cramped ledge that barely fits a seasoning jar. The smart folding hinge folds down with one hand in seconds to make room for large cook pans or pull the shelf aside when you need room at the sides. \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for heavy use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Premium 304 stainless steel handles heat, resists warping, and wipes clean without leaving rust or residue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrue workspace:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nearly 14 inches deep provides ample room to stage full racks of ribs, trim meats, or set out complex side dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear the deck instantly:\u003c\/strong\u003e One-hand folding action collapses the shelf flat to unlock full-width access whenever you need it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo tools required:\u003c\/strong\u003e It clamps securely onto your Traeger P.A.L. rail system in minutes—no drilling or permanent modifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits over your cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to clear the profile of your Ironwood XL grill cover so protection remains intact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraeger Ironwood XL smokers ready for a tactical upgrade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters who want immediate access to trimmers, knives, and rubs mid-cook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooks staging large cuts like whole packs of ribs or big roasts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers building a modular station with left or right hanging storage accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide a pair of locking pliers through the tray hooks or hang your favorite meat thermometer from the tool rail for constant accessibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the butcher paper holder to the side for a quick tear-off during wrapping if you prefer hands-free convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen finished smoking, fold the shelf forward to sweep the rail area down before covering your grill for outdoor storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMount the unit early in your cook so it has settled fully into the rail slots and won't shift as temperature rises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraeger Ironwood XL owners looking for durable, high-capacity prep space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnthusiasts upgrading their rig with modular rack-compatible accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone tired of makeshift plywood boards that crack under the elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooks who stage food frequently and need a heat-resistant surface that cleans up fast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis shelf bolts seamlessly to your smoker's existing front rail tracks. It accepts every Pimp My Grill attachment, including the utility tray with built-in cup holder and the dedicated utensil hooks. Pair it with the matching side storage units to create a complete command center across the front face of your smoker.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes this shelf interfere with the factory grill cover?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The low-profile mounting sits clear of standard Ironwood XL cover designs so you can still protect your smoker when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs installation difficult or does it require power tools?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot at all. The shelf slides along the aluminum rail and secures with clamps. It installs entirely by hand in just a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow much weight can the shelf hold safely?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 304 stainless steel frame is designed to comfortably hold heavy trays of raw meat, seasoned briskets, and stacks of cookware during long sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I mount additional accessories alongside this shelf?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. You can attach paper towel dispensers, tool hooks, or side tray modules anywhere along the rail system for total customization.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes the stainless finish show fingerprints easily?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile a mirror polish highlights everyday touches, the material wipes clean effortlessly without degrading or staining over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes this model fit Pellet Grills other than the Ironwood XL?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is engineered specifically for the rail geometry found on Traeger Ironwood XL models.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Heavy-duty 304 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsable Depth: Nearly 14 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting Method: Slides and clamps onto Traeger® P.A.L. Pop-And-Lock® system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolding Mechanism: Quick-release one-hand hinge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Proudly made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955368132912,"sku":"TFS-TR-IWXL","price":189.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/TacticalStainlessFoldingFrontShelfforRecteqBackyardBeast1000_FlagshipXL1400_DualFire1200.png?v=1791892340"},{"product_id":"traeger-pro-780-ridgeline-xl-pimp-my-grill®-bodyguard-stainless-steel-grease-paint-protector","title":"Traeger Pro 780 \/ Ridgeline XL | Pimp My Grill® Bodyguard Stainless Steel Grease \u0026 Paint Protector","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTraeger Pro 780 \u0026amp; Ridgeline XL Pimp My Grill Bodyguard: Stainless Steel Grease Shield\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour Traeger Pro 780 or Ridgeline XL stays protected against grease splatter, salt buildup, and acidic drippings with the Pimp My Grill Bodyguard.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis stainless steel shield forms a durable barrier between your cookout mess and your grill's paint. You get easier cleanup and lasting protection without modifying your smoker.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe guard catches sauce drips and debris so you only wipe a simple metal plate instead of scrubbing your finished faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eModel-Specific Fit: Precision-sized exclusively for Traeger Pro 780 and Ridgeline XL units to match your grill's contour exactly.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eNo-Drill Install: Mounts in seconds using existing slots. Requires no tools, screws, or permanent changes to your smoker.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eComplete Front Coverage: Blocks hot grease, marinade streaks, and acidic residue from reaching sensitive painted surfaces.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eEasy Removal: Slides off the frame quickly for rinsing or hand-washing after heavy cooks.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eCorrosion Resistance: Stainless steel construction withstands outdoor elements and repels rust-causing salts.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eLow Profile Design: Adds clean protection without obstructing your grill's handle or control panel access.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eMade in the USA: Manufactured domestically to meet high standards for fitment and material quality.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraeger Pro 780 owners managing saucy ribs, brisket, or poultry cooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraeger Ridgeline XL users seeking extra defense against grill grease pooling near the firebox.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackyard pitmasters tired of scrubbing baked-on food particles off delicate finishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners applying salty rubs or acidic injects that accelerate paint degradation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGear protectors who want a tool-free upgrade they can install in under a minute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the bodyguard immediately after your cook. Removing warm debris makes cleaning effortless with just water and a cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a stainless steel brush only when dealing with heavy carbonized buildup. Gentle washing preserves the polished surface daily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the grill interior clean. Reducing ash and drip tray overflow minimizes what can splash onto the bodyguard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the edges periodically. A quick scrape with a plastic utensil removes stuck-on cheese or candy glaze without scratching the steel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the mount points are free of dirt before reinstalling. Clean contact areas guarantee the bodyguard sits flush and stays secure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraeger Pro 780 and Ridgeline XL customers who want a factory-quality upgrade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrill enthusiasts protecting their investment against long-term sun and chemical exposure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCookouts hosting large groups where heavy grease output threatens the exterior finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePellet smokers stored outdoors in humid climates where salt and moisture accelerate corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY-friendly users avoiding complex tool requirements for accessory installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes this fit my Traeger model?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bodyguard is precision-fitted only for the Traeger Pro 780 and Ridgeline XL. It will not align correctly with other Traeger series.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDo I need tools to install the Bodyguard?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The shield slides onto the pre-existing mounting points. You can attach and remove it using your hands alone.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs the Bodyguard dishwasher safe?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stainless steel material tolerates dishwasher cycles. Hand washing remains the best method to preserve polish and prevent spotting.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill the guard restrict airflow to my pellet grill?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panel sits flush against the front wall. It shields the faceplate without blocking air intakes or fan housings.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow does this prevent paint damage?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect drips from food land on the steel instead of the paint. This stops acids and salts from etching into the coating over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes the kit include all mounting clips?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package contains the stainless steel Bodyguard panel. It utilizes the grill's original attachment locations for instant setup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I leave the Bodyguard on year-round?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The unit resists weather elements. Many owners keep it installed permanently or remove it briefly for a deep cabinet wash.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible Models:\u003c\/b\u003e Traeger Pro 780 and Traeger Ridgeline XL.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e Stainless steel construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProtection Type:\u003c\/b\u003e Grease shield, salt barrier, and acid drip catchment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMounting Style:\u003c\/b\u003e Tool-free clip attachment. No drilling required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFinish Preservation:\u003c\/b\u003e Reduces paint wear and corrosion risks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/b\u003e Made in the USA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955368165680,"sku":"BG-TGR-P780-RLXL","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/hf_20260416_134348_0b00e6a2-a476-4b2d-b55f-948cb80a5d00.png?v=1791892281"},{"product_id":"traeger-timberline-1300-pimp-my-grill®-gen2-rack-system-additional-rack","title":"Traeger Timberline 1300 | Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Rack System - Additional Rack","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTraeger Timberline 1300 Pimp My Grill® Gen2 Additional Rack - Expand Your Cooking Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Traeger Timberline 1300 Pimp My Grill Gen2 Additional Rack gives you room to cook more at once. You can slide this extra shelf directly into your existing PMG Gen2 setup. It adds five hundred fourteen square inches of flat cooking surface right where you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrowded grills often mean uneven heat and blocked airflow. Adding this rack lets you run multiple protein trays or hold side dishes without blocking your main grate. Your smoker finally has room to handle large batches without guessing where everything fits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMassive Capacity Boost\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds five hundred fourteen square inches of usable surface for your meats and sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug and Play Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e Slides straight into your current Gen2 track system without extra tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreamlined Loading\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds your heavy cast iron trays perfectly spaced and easily reachable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Airflow\u003c\/strong\u003e Moves smaller items off the main grate so hot air circulates around large cuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e Uses reinforced material built to hold loaded trays through long cooking cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull pack briskets and multiple rib racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackyard catering and large family gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetition teams running side dishes alongside proteins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJerky, cheese, or vegetable smoking sessions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBatch cooking warmers without overheating delicate items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVerify Compatibility Early\u003c\/strong\u003e This piece only mates with the PMG Gen2 Rack System. Older Gen1 brackets will not connect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace Your Trays Evenly\u003c\/strong\u003e Leave clear vertical gaps between heavy trays so smoke wraps fully around every cut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Heavier Items Lower\u003c\/strong\u003e Place dense proteins on bottom shelves to keep the grill chassis balanced.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMonitor Probe Readings\u003c\/strong\u003e Extra metal mass shifts heat retention. Watch thermocouple data during the first thirty minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWipe Heat Shields Weekly\u003c\/strong\u003e Grease builds up quickly inside tight stacks. Clear debris before it hardens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraeger Timberline 1300 owners who already use the PMG Gen2 system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitmasters regularly feeding ten people or more\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetitive cooks who need separate zones for sides and proteins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekend smokers tired of stacking trays directly on the base grate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis shelf mounts as a standalone tier for your PMG Gen2 tracks. You align the mounting brackets with your existing rail interface. Once secured, the rack sits parallel to your primary cooking level. Loaded cast irons lock securely into both positions without shifting during transport or reloading.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill this fit any grill besides the Timberline 1300?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This rack is engineered specifically for the PMG Gen2 Rack System mounted on the Traeger Timberline 1300.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I install a second additional rack above this one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can stack multiple tiers if your Gen2 framework supports the vertical load. Check your capacity limits before ordering extra units.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes this change my smoker temperature settings?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLoading extra metal mass slightly alters heat retention. Dial in your target temperature and let the controller adjust. Expect minor recovery delays during the first thirty minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat replaces the older Gen1 shelf?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Gen1 hardware uses different mounts and rail profiles. This unit only connects to the Gen2 track interface. Verify your bracket type before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow do I clean this rack safely?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the cast insert and let the metal cool completely. Wipe away grease with a damp microfiber cloth. Use mild soap only if heavy residue appears.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs the cast iron tray included with this rack?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing covers the shelf frame only. Individual trays and mounting hardware are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I reverse the orientation of this shelf?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mounting brackets lock in a fixed direction for secure tracking. Install it level with surrounding shelves to maintain even height gaps.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Additional middle shelf for PMG Gen2 Rack System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCooking Area Added\u003c\/strong\u003e Five hundred fourteen square inches of flat surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible System\u003c\/strong\u003e PMG Gen2 Rack System only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrill Match\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered for Traeger Timberline 1300\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference Number\u003c\/strong\u003e RK1-TR-IWXL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955369279792,"sku":"RK1-TR-TL1300","price":109.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/TRAEGER_IRONWOOD_780_1_Rack_v2_1563a647-fa1f-4660-9ce4-c836701b5b77.png?v=1791892228"},{"product_id":"traeger-timberline-1300-pimp-my-grill®-tactical-stainless-folding-front-shelf","title":"Traeger Timberline 1300 | Pimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf for Traeger Timberline 1300: Expand Your Outdoor Prep Space Instantly\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Pimp My Grill® Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf replaces the narrow factory shelf on your Traeger Timberline 1300 with a heavy-duty workspace built for real cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou receive a spacious 36-inch by 13.75-inch folding surface. It gives you ample room to trim briskets, wrap ribs, rest trays, and organize utensils without crowding your cook.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBetter yet, the design adds exclusive features tailored for serious cooks. The integrated utility shelf sits right beneath the controller to keep items within reach. Meanwhile, built-in hooks hold your spatulas, tongs, and basting brushes securely nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMassive Workspace Upgrade:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 13.75-inch depth provides expansive prep surface, offering nearly 14 inches of total workspace compared to the limited factory lip.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolds Up When Done:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift the shelf out of the way during transport or when resting food inside the smoker, saving valuable patio space.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExclusive Controller Utility Shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e A dedicated recessed area underneath the control box holds frequently used items close at hand without blocking your view of the display.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReady Tool Hooks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated hooks hang your most-used BBQ tools directly above the prep area, keeping them dry, organized, and ready for action.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium 304 Stainless Steel Build:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty construction withstands years of outdoor exposure, resisting rust and standing up to regular cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo Drilling Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swap out the factory shelf using the same hardware and mounting locations already built onto your Timberline.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks With Original Cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e The low profile folds cleanly to accommodate the standard factory grill cover without interference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis front shelf works exceptionally well for high-volume cookware needs and frequent setup changes.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eWrapping and holding large batches of ribs or pork shoulders\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSitting down hot cast iron skillets or pizza peels while they finish cooking\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eResting massive briskets immediately after pulling them from the grill\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSeasoning whole turkeys or poultry racks before placing them inside\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSetting down heavy thermometers and digital probes after calibrating them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganize Around Accessory Slots:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use left and right side storage trays alongside these new shelves. Align your beverage holder and paper towel dispensers perfectly for a tidy station.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintain Airflow Under the Hood:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep items stored on the bottom utility shelf light. This prevents you from accidentally interfering with opening or closing the wooden lid.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Immediately After Salting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe off salt residue or marinade spills right away. Regular cleaning preserves the finish of the premium 304 stainless steel and maintains its shine.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLock Tools Into Position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hang your longer tongs or heavy spatulas over the utility shelf hooks. This prevents them from sliding off onto the deck during busy shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow It Integrates With Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eLike every PMG Tactical Front Shelf, the Timberline 1300 version pairs completely with the modular accessory lineup. You can attach compatible modules directly onto these shelves to build exactly the system you want.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCompatible PMG Tactical accessories include left or right-side storage trays equipped with beverage holders. You can also attach separate utensil holsters and versatile holders designed for paper towels, butcher paper, or aluminum foil with an easy-tear edge.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eTraeger Timberline 1300 owners who find the original metal lip too shallow for proper meat trimming\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePitmasters who manage multiple trays simultaneously and need extra resting room right next to their feed door\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eOutdoor kitchen enthusiasts looking to mount a complete modular tool suite without modifying their grill hardware\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCooks who value quick cleanup and prefer solid stainless steel surfaces that resist rust in humid climates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eRemove the existing factory shelf from the front of your Timberline using the standard hardware. Take the Tactical Front Shelf and slide it into place using those exact same mounting locations. It locks straight on without any measuring, cutting, or power tools. Drop your prep items onto the main workspace and hang your active tools on the designated hooks. When you are finished prepping, simply lift the shelf up and rest it behind the main body panel.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill the Tactical Shelf fit my Traeger Timberline 1300?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this unit is engineered specifically for the Traeger Timberline 1300 model line. It uses the exact factory hole placement to ensure a perfect fit on your grill.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDo I need special tools to install this shelf?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Because the tactical shelf utilizes the factory mounting points, you simply swap the old shelf out for the new one using the hardware that came with your smoker.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs this shelf compatible with the factory grill cover?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The thick steel panels and the folding mechanism are designed to clear the stock Timberline protective cover, allowing you to store your grill normally.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat does 304 stainless steel mean for longevity?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e304-grade stainless steel is known for excellent corrosion resistance and strength. It handles heat, smoke, rain, and salty humidity far better than thinner metals commonly found on standard grills.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCan I add side accessories to this specific shelf?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The mounting brackets support the broader modular accessory family. You can attach storage trays with drink holders, knife rolls, or paper towel dispensers directly into the sides of the shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes the utility shelf block access to the digital display?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The utility shelf is tucked neatly beneath the controller module. It creates a solid flat spot for small items without reaching up to block the screen or buttons.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat happens to the shelf when I am not using the prep table?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can fold the entire 36-inch arm upwards. Once lifted out of the way, it stays clear of the top cooking grate, freeing up floor space for serving stools.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pimp My Grill Tactical Stainless Folding Front Shelf\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel Fitment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for the Traeger Timberline 1300 Series Smoker\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-Duty 304 Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 inches wide by 13 3\/4 inches deep\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard Factory Mounting Points (Hardware Not Included)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeature Highlights:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated controller utility shelf, tool hooks, folds upward\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe clean; safe for outdoor weather conditions\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955369312560,"sku":"TFS-TR-1300","price":198.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/TraegerTimberline1300Shelf2.png?v=1791892185"},{"product_id":"traeger-timberline-1300-pimp-my-grill®-performance-stainless-steel-grease-tray","title":"Traeger Timberline 1300 | Pimp My Grill® Performance Stainless Steel Grease Tray","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePimp My Grill® Performance Stainless Steel Grease Tray for Traeger Timberline 1300\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Pimp My Grill® Grease Tray replaces the standard factory part on your Traeger Timberline 1300 to fix poor drainage before clogging creates bigger issues. Factory designs guide fat into a wide front trough where heavy debris settles. This upgraded stainless steel tray cuts out that bottleneck entirely.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnjoy faster cleanup and better overall airflow under your food grates. The new edge sends liquid drippings straight to the front-left drain instead of letting them sit. If you frequently smoke fatty roasts or run low and slow programs, this simple swap keeps your hopper cleaner and protects against grease fire risks.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirects flow cleanly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Channels fats toward the front-left drainage spout rather than trapping them in a wide channel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEliminates pooling zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removes the deep valley where food scraps and solidified grease usually accumulate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreamlined cleanup:\u003c\/strong\u003e A quick wipe handles thin oil films instead of scraping hardened residue from crevices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmerican-made durability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Constructed from heavy-grade stainless steel designed to resist warping over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrops right on:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits your existing Timberline framework with minimal tool work when paired with the right supports.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowers fire hazards:\u003c\/strong\u003e Faster evacuation of flammable liquids reduces excessive fuel storage beneath the burn pot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraeger Timberline 1300 owners seeking reliable grease management upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooks processing lots of pork shoulder, beef brisket, or spare ribs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong smoking sessions that leave pooled tallow in the bottom hopper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who dislike spending twenty minutes scrubbing plastic-coated aluminum pans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackyard chefs wanting predictable temperature stability by removing airborne grease particles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAngle matters for successful drainage. Gravity needs to pull the heavier oils toward the exit point, which requires your tray to sit slightly slanted forward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever attempt to bolt this tray onto a completely stock Timberline frame. Install the Pimp My Grill® Timberline 1300 Rack System or order the PMG Riser Brackets to give you the necessary drop for smooth grease movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmpty your grease bucket before extended overnight cooks. Heavy rain combined with overflowing catch buckets increases mess and attracts unwanted wildlife to your patio.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWho's This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimberline operators troubleshooting recurring blocked drip channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetition barbecue teams needing rapid turnaround times between cooking rounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekend family cooks tired of digging baked-on carbon out of narrow gaps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor kitchen builders prioritizing longevity and stainless materials over coated steels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Setup Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse this drainage component exclusively on Traeger Timberline 1300 trailers. It provides a direct upgrade path that avoids modifying your original controller or shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour setup relies on the PMG Rack System or the dedicated PMG Riser Brackets to supply the correct mounting height. Adding these pieces guarantees the tray holds its optimized slope, making sure grease hits the bucket and not the floor behind your smoker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout installing either accessory to elevate the mounting plane, the tray loses its ability to guide drippings effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch2\u003eDoes this replace my original grease tray completely?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The PMG design takes over the entire bottom pan area. You discard the stamped factory insert in favor of the reinforced steel version.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eMust I buy the full PMG rack system to use the greasetray?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You can rely solely on the PMG Riser Brackets if you prefer keeping your stock side shelves and handlebars. Both options successfully elevate the mounting frame to achieve the required angle.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eIs the stainless steel finish rated for high heat exposure near the burn pot?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe metal handles standard cooking temperatures and direct flare-ups easily. Do not subject the empty tray to direct lighter burns. Always keep your fire contained inside the designated sizzler plate or grill grates during ignition.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWill it fit Traeger Ironwood or Titan models?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDimensional differences prevent cross-compatibility. The Timberline 1300 features a unique pan shape that this specific tray addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow does the front-left drain placement compare to stock setups?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe factory unit routes drips along a wide horizontal pathway that traps solids. The PMG route pulls liquids diagonally leftward and straight downhill, clearing the pan much faster.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Traeger Timberline 1300\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-performance Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Handwash recommended for best surface protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrain Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front-left exit opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e One heavy-duty replacement grease tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pimp My Grill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67955369345328,"sku":"GRST-TR-TL1300","price":119.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/files\/Timberline1300GreaseTray.png?v=1791892173"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0112\/1625\/7124\/collections\/Recteq_700_Rack_System_by_Pimp_My_Grill__99633.1707440381.1280.1280.jpg?v=1792179980","url":"https:\/\/ddrbbqsupply.com\/collections\/pimp-my-grill.oembed?page=3","provider":"DDR BBQ Supply","version":"1.0","type":"link"}